Document:

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

 

AND

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

as Issuers,

 

AND

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

AND

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

$650,000,000 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of June 23, 2021

 

    

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	Article I
	 	 	 
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 	 	 
	Section 1.1	Definitions	1
	Section 1.2	Other Definitions	27
	Section 1.3	Inapplicability of Trust Indenture Act	28
	Section 1.4	Rules of Construction	28
	 	 	 
	Article II
	 	 	 
	THE NOTES
	 	 	 
	Section 2.1	Form, Dating and Terms	30
	Section 2.2	Execution and Authentication	37
	Section 2.3	Registrar and Paying Agent	39
	Section 2.4	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	39
	Section 2.5	Holder Lists	40
	Section 2.6	Transfer and Exchange	40
	Section 2.7	[Reserved]	44
	Section 2.8	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs	44
	Section 2.9	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S	46
	Section 2.10	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs	48
	Section 2.11	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	50
	Section 2.12	Outstanding Notes	51
	Section 2.13	Temporary Notes	51
	Section 2.14	Cancellation	52
	Section 2.15	Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest	52
	Section 2.16	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	53
	Section 2.17	Joint and Several Liability	54
	 	 	 
	Article III
	 	 	 
	COVENANTS
	 	 	 
	Section 3.1	Payment of Notes	54
	Section 3.2	Limitation on Indebtedness	54
	Section 3.3	Maintenance of Total Unencumbered Assets	61
	Section 3.4	Limitation on Guarantees	61
	Section 3.5	Change of Control	64
	Section 3.6	Reports	66

 

    

     

    

 

	Section 3.7	Maintenance of Office or Agency	69
	Section 3.8	[Reserved]	69
	Section 3.9	[Reserved]	69
	Section 3.10	[Reserved]	69
	Section 3.11	Compliance Certificate	69
	Section 3.12	Further Instruments and Acts	69
	Section 3.13	Statement by Officers as to Default	70
	Section 3.14	Suspension of Certain Covenants	70
	Section 3.15	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	71
	 	 	 
	Article IV
	 	 	 
	SUCCESSOR ISSUERS; SUCCESSOR PERSON
	 	 	 
	Section 4.1	Merger and Consolidation	71
	 	 	 
	Article V
	 	 	 
	REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
	 	 	 
	Section 5.1	Notices to Trustee	73
	Section 5.2	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.	73
	Section 5.3	Notice of Redemption	74
	Section 5.4	Effect of Notice of Redemption	75
	Section 5.5	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	75
	Section 5.6	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	76
	Section 5.7	Optional Redemption	76
	Section 5.8	Mandatory Redemption	77
	 	 	 
	Article VI
	 	 	 
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	 	 	 
	Section 6.1	Events of Default	78
	Section 6.2	Acceleration	82
	Section 6.3	Other Remedies	82
	Section 6.4	Waiver of Past Defaults	83
	Section 6.5	Control by Majority	83
	Section 6.6	Limitation on Suits	84
	Section 6.7	[Reserved]	84
	Section 6.8	Collection Suit by Trustee	84
	Section 6.9	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	84
	Section 6.10	Priorities	85
	Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs	85

 

    ii

     

    

 

	Article VII
	 	 	 
	TRUSTEE
	 	 	 
	Section 7.1	Duties of Trustee	86
	Section 7.2	Rights of Trustee	87
	Section 7.3	Individual Rights of Trustee	89
	Section 7.4	Trustee’s Disclaimer	89
	Section 7.5	Notice of Defaults	90
	Section 7.6	[Reserved]	90
	Section 7.7	Compensation and Indemnity	90
	Section 7.8	Replacement of Trustee	91
	Section 7.9	Successor Trustee by Merger	92
	Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification	92
	Section 7.11	[Reserved]	92
	Section 7.12	Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers	93
	 	 	 
	Article VIII
	 	 	 
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	 	 	 
	Section 8.1	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance	93
	Section 8.2	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	93
	Section 8.3	Covenant Defeasance	94
	Section 8.4	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	94
	Section 8.5	Deposited Money and U.S	96
	Section 8.6	Repayment to the Issuers	97
	Section 8.7	Reinstatement	97
	 	 	 
	Article IX
	 	 	 
	AMENDMENTS
	 	 	 
	Section 9.1	Without Consent of Holders	97
	Section 9.2	With Consent of Holders	99
	Section 9.3	[Reserved]	100
	Section 9.4	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	100
	Section 9.5	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	101
	Section 9.6	Trustee to Sign Amendments	101
	 	 	 
	Article X
	 	 	 
	GUARANTEE
	 	 	 
	Section 10.1	Guarantee	102
	Section 10.2	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge	104

 

    iii

     

    

 

	Section 10.3	Right of Contribution	105
	Section 10.4	No Subrogation	105
	 	 	 
	Article XI
	 	 	 
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	 	 	 
	Section 11.1	Satisfaction and Discharge	105
	Section 11.2	Application of Trust Money	107
	 	 	 
	Article XII
	 	 	 
	MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	 
	Section 12.1	[Reserved]	107
	Section 12.2	Notices	107
	Section 12.3	[Reserved]	109
	Section 12.4	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	109
	Section 12.5	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	109
	Section 12.6	When Notes Disregarded	110
	Section 12.7	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	110
	Section 12.8	Legal Holidays	110
	Section 12.9	Governing Law	110
	Section 12.10	Jurisdiction	110
	Section 12.11	Waivers of Jury Trial	111
	Section 12.12	USA PATRIOT Act	111
	Section 12.13	No Recourse Against Others	111
	Section 12.14	Successors	111
	Section 12.15	Multiple Originals	111
	Section 12.16	[Reserved]	111
	Section 12.17	Table of Contents; Headings	112
	Section 12.18	Force Majeure	112
	Section 12.19	Severability	112
	Section 12.20	[Reserved]	112
	Section 12.21	[Reserved]	112
	Section 12.22	Waiver of Immunities	112
	Section 12.23	Judgment Currency	112

 

	EXHIBIT A	Form of Global Restricted Note
	EXHIBIT B	Form of Supplemental Indenture

 

    iv

     

    

 

INDENTURE
dated as of June 23, 2021, among LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “Company”),
and LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Company, the
 “Issuers”), the guarantors from time to time parties hereto, and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national
banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS,
the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) their $650,000,000
4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Initial Notes”), as issued on the date hereof, and (ii) any additional
Notes (the “Additional Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”) that may be issued
after the Issue Date;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution
and delivery of this Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make
the Notes, when executed and duly issued by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuers,
and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuers have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises
and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of
all Holders, as follows:

 

Article I

 

DEFINITIONS
AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.1     Definitions.

 

“Acquired
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not
Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition or (3) of
a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of
such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation
or other combination.

 

    

     

    

 

“Affiliate”
of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means
the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“AI”
means an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

“Applicable
Premium” means the greater of (A) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any redemption date,
the excess (to the extent positive) of:

 

(a)           the
present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on June 15, 2024 (such redemption price (expressed
in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in Section 5.7(b) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus
(ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued
but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus
50 basis points; over

 

(b)           the
outstanding principal amount of such Note;

 

in each case, as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company
by such Person as the Company shall designate.

 

“Associate”
means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial
owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any Joint Venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Bankruptcy
Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Board
of Directors” means (1) with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the
corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing
body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; (3) with respect to a limited liability
company, the managing member or members or any duly authorized controlling committee thereof; and (4) with respect to any other Person,
the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination
to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or
made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part
of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

 

    2

     

    

 

“Business
Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York,
United States or in the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. When the payment of any obligation
or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day,
the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall not be
reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

“Capital
Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or
other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock,
but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.

 

“Capitalized
Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease (and,
for the avoidance of doubt, not a straight-line or operating lease) for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The amount
of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof
is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any
other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty; provided that all obligations
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with
GAAP as in effect on January 1, 2015 (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted
for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP
following January 1, 2015 (that would otherwise require such obligation to be recharacterized as a Capitalized Lease Obligation).

 

“Cash
Equivalents” means:

 

(a)           (1) United
States dollars, Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, yen, euro, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or
(2) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent
with past practice;

 

(b)           securities
issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian, United Kingdom or Japanese governments, a member
state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of
such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

 

    3

     

    

 

(c)            certificates
of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more
than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper
is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s
(or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined
capital and surplus in excess of $100.0 million;

 

(d)           repurchase
obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (3) above;

 

(e)            commercial
paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or
the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization,
if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial
paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after
the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(f)            readily
marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any member of the European
Union or any political subdivision, taxing authority or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating
categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable
rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuers) with maturities of not more than two
years from the date of acquisition;

 

(g)           Indebtedness
or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s
(or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization selected by the Issuers) with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(h)           bills
of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the European Union or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant
central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent); and

 

    4

     

    

 

(i)             interests
in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in
instruments of the types specified in clauses (a) through (h) above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents
shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (a) above; provided that such amounts
are converted into any currency listed in clause (a) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following
the receipt of such amounts.

 

“Cash
Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight
draft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury, depository, credit or debit card, purchasing card, stored value card,
electronic fund transfer services and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft
facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services or other cash management arrangements in the
ordinary course or consistent with past practice.

 

“Change
of Control” means:

 

(a)            the
Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote,
written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly,
of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series
of transactions in which the Company shall become the wholly owned subsidiary of a Parent of which no person or group, as noted above,
holds more than 50% of the total voting power (other than a Permitted Holder); or

 

(b)           the
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction),
in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, other than any Required Asset Sale, to a Person, other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or one
or more Permitted Holders.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a transaction
will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company
and (1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially
the same as the holders of our Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (2) immediately following that transaction no
 “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence or a Permitted Holder,
is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company and (ii) the right
to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right)
or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

 

    5

     

    

 

“Change
of Control Repurchase Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

 

“Co-Issuer”
means Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

“Code”
means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Company”
means Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, and any successor thereto.

 

“Consolidated
Non-Funding Debt” means, with respect to any Person as of any determination date, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the
aggregate amount of all outstanding Non-Funding Indebtedness for borrowed money and obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, plus (2) the aggregate liquidation preference of Disqualified
Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, less (3) up to $150.0 million aggregate amount of unrestricted cash of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in excess of $50.0 million, in each case as of such determination date.

 

“Consolidated
Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of Consolidated
Non-Funding Debt of such Person as of such determination date to the Consolidated Shareholders Equity of such Person as of such determination
date. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes
any Consolidated Non-Funding Debt (other than Consolidated Non-Funding Debt incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness
has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the date
of the most recent consolidated balance sheet for which the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio is being calculated but prior
to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio is made (the “Consolidated
Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio shall be calculated
giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness,
or such Issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if the same had occurred prior to such determination date;
provided, however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination
date pursuant to Section 3.2(b). For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro
forma basis assuming that all such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations
had occurred prior to the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date. For purposes of this definition, whenever pro
forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief
accounting officer of the Company.

 

    6

     

    

 

“Consolidated
Shareholders Equity” means, with respect to any Person as of any determination date, the total equity (capital), shareholders’
equity or partners’ capital, as applicable, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is internally available, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in
the definition of Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio.

 

“Contingent
Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”)
of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(a)           to
purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

(b)           to
advance or supply funds:

 

(i)            for
the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

(ii)           to
maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
obligor; or

 

(c)           to
purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability
of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

“Credit
Enhancement Agreements” means, collectively, any documents, instruments, guarantees or agreements entered into by the
Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Securitization Entity for the purpose of providing credit support (that is reasonably
customary as determined by the Company) with respect to any Permitted Funding Indebtedness or Permitted Securitization Indebtedness.

 

    7

     

    

 

“Credit
Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other
arrangements (including commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing
for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or
to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness,
in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in
whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders
or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under one or more other credit or other
agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed
and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any
Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees,
pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit
Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or
contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing
the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions
thereof.

 

“Custodian”
means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Default”
means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that
any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default
will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

 

“Definitive
Notes” means certificated Notes.

 

“Depositary”
means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3
hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become
such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

    8

     

    

 

“Derivative Instrument” means,
with respect to a Person, any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery of cash or other assets to which such
Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such Person’s investment in
the Notes (other than a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or
cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance of the Notes and/or the
creditworthiness of the Issuers and/or any one or more of the Guarantors (the “Performance References”).

 

“Disqualified
Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(a)           matures
or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

(b)           is
or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or
in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity
of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion
of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of
the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified
Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of
a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or
repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.5 hereof; provided, however,
that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to
such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the
Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“Domestic
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

“DTC”
means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

 

“Equity
Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than sales to a
Subsidiary of the Company or offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering
in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by a Parent, the proceeds of which are contributed to
the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or sales to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

    9

     

    

 

“Exchange
Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder, as amended.

 

“Excluded
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary but prohibited,
in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, from guaranteeing the Notes by any applicable law, regulation or contractual
restrictions existing at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and which, in the case of any such contractual restriction,
in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, cannot be removed through commercially reasonable efforts; provided
that a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary if, in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company,
such a Subsidiary guaranteeing the Notes would require any of the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries to register as an “investment
company” (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming subject to regulation
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

“fair
market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board
of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

 

“Fitch”
means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

“Foreign
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary and (b) any
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries
thereof).

 

    10

     

    

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board
of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board
or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are
in effect from time to time; provided that (a) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in this Indenture shall be construed,
and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Indenture shall be made without giving effect to any election under Accounting
Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto or comparable accounting principle (including pursuant
to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair value,” as
defined therein and (b) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined
in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided, further, that for the purpose of determining such amounts
and ratios, the Company shall make such adjustments as it determines in good faith are necessary to remove the impact of consolidating
any variable interest entities under the requirements of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810, as such section is in effect on
the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon
any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture);
provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture
that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS
shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in
accordance with this definition to the Trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred
to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

If there occurs a change in IFRS or GAAP, as the
case may be, and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of any standards, terms or measures used in this Indenture
(an “Accounting Change”), then the Company may elect that such standards, terms or measures shall be calculated as
if such Accounting Change had not occurred.

 

“Guarantee”
means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person,
including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(a)           to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by
virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or
to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(b)           entered
into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such
obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

provided,
however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice, and provided further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower
of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made
and (ii) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such
Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional Guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligations and such maximum amount
is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof
as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

    11

     

    

 

“Guarantor”
means any Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes, until such Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture; provided that any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary and any Securitization Entities shall not be deemed Guarantors.

 

“Hedging
Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap, cap or collar
agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, commodity swap, cap or collar agreements, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap
agreements, currency future or option contracts, credit-related derivatives and hedging instruments and other hedging agreements and transactions
intended to hedge against financial risk.

 

“Holder”
means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the respective nominee
of DTC.

 

“IAI”
means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act.

 

“IFRS”
means International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as in effect from
time to time.

 

“Immaterial
Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary that (i) has not guaranteed any other
Indebtedness of the Company and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance
with GAAP) and consolidated operating income of less than 5.0% of the Company’s Total Assets and consolidated operating income (measured,
in the case of operating income, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and,
in the case of operating income, for the four quarters ended most recently for which internal financial statements are available, in each
case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or dispositions of companies, division or lines of business since
such balance sheet date or the start of such four-quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary).

 

“Incur”
means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however,
that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger,
consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness
pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

 

    12

     

    

 

“Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(a)           the
principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(b)           the
principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(c)           all
reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the
amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other
instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations
relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

(d)           the
principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables
or similar obligations to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in
service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

(e)           Capitalized
Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(f)           the
principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect
to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

(g)           the
principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness
is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair
market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such
Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

(h)           Guarantees
by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

 

(i)            to
the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such
obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would
be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement).

 

    13

     

    

 

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include
any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect
on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice, or obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred
prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice. For purposes of clarity, it is understood
and agreed that, anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, Indebtedness of variable interest entities (within the
meaning of GAAP) shall not be deemed Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any
time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount
of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than
with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7) above) shall equal the amount thereof that
would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP.

 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event
shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

 

(i)            Contingent
Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(ii)           Cash
Management Services;

 

(iii)          in
connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which
the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the
performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such
payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;
or

 

(iv)          for
the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations,
pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

 

“Indenture”
means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

    14

     

    

 

“Initial
Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

“Investment” means, with respect
to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions
of credit (excluding (i) accounts receivable, trade credit, advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, future, present
or former directors, officers, employees, managers, contractors, consultants or advisors of any Person in the ordinary course of business
or consistent with past practice, (ii) any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit, (iii) intercompany
advances arising from cash management, tax and accounting operations and (iv) intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having
a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer
of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the incurrence of a
Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued
by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with
GAAP.

 

“Investment
Grade” means (i) BBB- or higher by S&P, (ii) Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or (iii) the equivalent
of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s, or of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

 

“Investment
Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:

 

(a)           a
rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

 

(b)           a
rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; and

 

(c)           a
rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch.

 

or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization
or, if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical
Ratings Organization.

 

“Issue
Date” means June 23, 2021.

 

“Issuers”
means the Company and the Co-Issuer.

 

“Joint
Venture” means, as to any Person, any other Person designated as a “joint venture” (1) that is not a
Subsidiary of such Person, (2) in which such Person owns less than 100% of the equity or voting interests and (3) which Person
is engaged in a Similar Business, including making investments in real estate and real estate related assets.

 

    15

     

    

 

“Lien”
means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

“Long Derivative Instrument”
means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which
generally decrease, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally decreases, and/or
the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Performance References.

 

“Management
Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers,
employees, managers, contractors, advisors or consultants of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a)           (a) in
respect of travel, entertainment, relocation or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Company,
its Subsidiaries or any Parent with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors;

 

(b)           in
respect of relocation or moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

 

(c)           not
exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 

“Moody’s”
means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization.

 

“Nationally
Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the
meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

 

“Net Short” means, with respect
to a Holder or beneficial owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments exceeds
the sum of the (x) the value of its Notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as of such date of determination
or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy Credit Event (each as defined
in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to the Issuers or any Guarantor immediately prior to such
date of determination.

 

“Non-Funding
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness other than Permitted Funding Indebtedness.

 

    16

     

    

 

“Non-Guarantor”
means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

 

“Non-Recourse
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Restricted Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries)
of the Company, with respect to which recourse for payment is limited to investment assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or such group
of Restricted Subsidiaries) encumbered by a Lien securing such Indebtedness and/or the general credit of such Restricted Subsidiary (or
group of Restricted Subsidiaries) but for which recourse shall not extend to the general credit of the Company or any other of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, it being understood that the instruments governing such Indebtedness may include customary carve-outs to such limited recourse
such as, for example, personal recourse to the Company or its Subsidiaries for breach of representations, fraud, misapplication or misappropriation
of cash, voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy filings, violation of loan document prohibitions against transfer of assets or ownership
interests therein, environmental liabilities, and liabilities and other circumstances customarily excluded by lenders from exculpation
provisions and/or included in separate indemnification and/or guaranty agreements in financings of loan assets, unless, until and for
so long as a claim for payment or performance has been made thereunder (which has not been satisfied) at which time the obligations with
respect to any such customary carve-out shall not be considered Non-Recourse Indebtedness, to the extent that such claim is a liability
of the Company for GAAP purposes.

 

“Non-U.S.
Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

 

“Note
Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees and this Indenture.

 

“Notes”
has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

“Notes
Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto
and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Offering
Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated June 9, 2021, relating to the offering by the Issuers of
$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.750% senior notes due 2029 and any future offering memorandum relating to Additional Notes.

 

“Officer”
means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Investment Officer, the Chief Operating
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, the Secretary, the General Counsel, the
Chief Administrative Officer, the Head of Merchant Banking & Capital Markets or the Head of Asset Management (a) of such
Person, (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity or (c) if such Person is serialized, of any
series of such Person, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the
Board of Directors of such Person.

 

    17

     

    

 

“Officer’s
Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

 

“Opinion
of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may
be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

“Parent”
means any Person of which the Company at any time is or becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date and any holding companies established
by any Permitted Holder for purposes of holding its investment in any Parent.

 

“Paying
Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note
on behalf of the Company.

 

“Performance References” has
the meaning ascribed to such term in the definition of Derivative Instrument.

 

“Permitted
Funding Indebtedness” means (i) any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with investment activities of a Similar
Business, including Indebtedness to finance real estate and real estate related assets and Non-Recourse Indebtedness, as well as any Indebtedness
Incurred by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective businesses and (ii) any Refinancing of
the Indebtedness under clause (i); provided, however that the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal
financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with this clause (ii) for
which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect thereto
over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Indebtedness shall not be
Permitted Funding Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new incurrence of Indebtedness subject to the provisions of Section 3.2,
except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred
under this clause (ii) which excess shall be entitled to be incurred pursuant to any other provision under Section 3.2).
The amount of any Permitted Funding Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the definition of “Indebtedness.”

 

    18

     

    

 

“Permitted
Holders” means, collectively, (1) any Person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of the Company or any of its Parents as of the Issue Date, together with such Persons’ Affiliates (other than an operating
company with an existing business), (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership
constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements
of this Indenture, (3) Senior Management, (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private
offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company, acting in such capacity, and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided
that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group and members of management,
collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its Parents
held by such group.

 

“Permitted
Securitization Indebtedness” means Securitization Indebtedness; provided that (i) in connection with any
Securitization, any other Permitted Funding Indebtedness used to finance the purchase, origination or pooling of any Receivables subject
to such Securitization is repaid in connection with such Securitization to the extent of the net proceeds received by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries from the applicable Securitization Entity, and (ii) the excess (determined as of the most recent date
for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any such Securitization Indebtedness for which
the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect to such Securitization
Indebtedness (excluding recourse for matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations and warranties and misapplication)
over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Securitization Indebtedness
shall not be Permitted Securitization Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new incurrence of Indebtedness subject to the provisions
of Section 3.2 except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence
of such Indebtedness which excess shall be entitled to be incurred pursuant to any other provisions of Section 3.2).

 

“Person”
means any individual, corporation, partnership, Joint Venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited
liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Predecessor
Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced
by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11
in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

 

“Preferred
Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated)
which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

    19

     

    

 

“Purchase
Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, expansion, construction,
installation, replacement, repair or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether
acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property
or assets, or otherwise.

 

“QIB”
means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Rating
Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the
Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company
or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

 

“Ratings
Decline Period” means the period that (i) begins on the earlier of (a) a Change of Control or (b) the
first public notice of the intention by the Company to affect a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following the consummation
of such Change of Control; provided, that such period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced
consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies.

 

“Ratings
Event” means (x) a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as
between categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by one or more Rating Agencies if the applicable
Rating Agency shall have put forth a statement to the effect that such downgrade is attributable in whole or in part to the applicable
Change of Control and (y) the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Status from either Rating Agency.

 

“Realizable
Value” of an asset means the lesser of (x) if applicable, the face value of such asset and (y) the market value
of such asset as determined by the Company in accordance with the agreement governing the applicable Permitted Funding Indebtedness, as
the case may be, (or, if such agreement does not contain any related provision, as determined in good faith by management of the Company);
provided, however, that the realizable value of any asset described above which an unaffiliated third party has a binding
contractual commitment to purchase from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be the minimum price payable to the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary for such asset pursuant to such contractual commitment.

 

“Receivables”
means loans and other mortgage-related receivables (excluding and net interest margin securities) purchased or originated by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or otherwise arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
provided, however, that for purposes of determining the amount of a Receivable at any time, such amount shall be determined
in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as of the most recent practicable date.

 

    20

     

    

 

“Refinance”
means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including
pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing”
as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

 

“Refinancing
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including
pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with
this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any
Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances
Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

 

(a)           the
Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the
same as or greater than the final Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if less, the Notes and if
the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes on
terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(b)           if
the Indebtedness being refinanced constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or
the applicable Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness
being refinanced; and

 

(c)           Refinancing
Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(i)            Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; or

 

(ii)           Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit
Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit
Facility or other Indebtedness.

 

“Regulation
S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

“Regulation
S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 

    21

     

    

 

“Restricted
Notes” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of the restrictive legends described in Section 2.1(d).

 

“Restricted
Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(1) and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation
S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2).

 

“Required
Asset Sale” means any asset sale that is a result of a repurchase right or obligation or a mandatory sale right or obligation
related to Permitted Funding Indebtedness, which rights or obligations are either in existence on the Issue Date (or substantially similar
in nature to such rights or obligations in existence on the Issue Date) or pursuant to the guidelines or regulations of a government-sponsored
enterprise.

 

“Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Rule 144A”
means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“S&P”
means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized
Statistical Rating Organization.

 

“Screened Affiliate” means any
Affiliate of a Holder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that
is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such Holder and any other Affiliate
of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information with respect to the Issuer or its
Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting
in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions are not influenced
by the investment decisions of such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holders in connection
with its investment in the Notes.

 

“SEC”
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

“Secured
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien upon the
property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Securities
Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder,
as amended.

 

    22

     

    

 

“Securitization”
means a public or private transfer, sale or financing of servicing advances, mortgage loans, installment contracts, other loans, accounts
receivable, real estate assets, mortgage receivables and any other assets capable of being securitized (collectively, the “Securitization
Assets”) by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of specified Securitization
Assets including any such transaction involving the sale of specified servicing advances or mortgage loans to a Securitization Entity.

 

“Securitization
Asset” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Securitization.”

 

“Securitization
Entity” means (i) any Person (whether or not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) established for the purpose
of issuing asset-backed or mortgage-backed or mortgage pass-through securities of any kind (including collateralized mortgage obligations
and net interest margin securities), (ii) any special purpose Subsidiary established for the purpose of selling, depositing or contributing
Securitization Assets into a Person described in clause (i) or holding securities in any related Securitization Entity, regardless
of whether such person is an issuer of securities; provided that such person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness
of the Company or any Guarantor and (iii) any special purpose Subsidiary of the Company formed exclusively for the purpose of satisfying
the requirements of Credit Enhancement Agreements and regardless of whether such Subsidiary is an issuer of securities; provided
that such person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor other than under Credit Enhancement
Agreements. As of the Issue Date, none of the Subsidiaries of the Company are Securitization Entities.

 

“Securitization
Indebtedness” means (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to on-balance
sheet Securitizations treated as financings and (ii) any Indebtedness consisting of advances made to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries based upon securities issued by a Securitization Entity pursuant to a Securitization and acquired or retained by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Senior
Management” means the officers, directors, and other members of senior management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
on the Issue Date, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Short Derivative Instrument”
means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which
generally increase, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally increases, and/or
the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Performance References.

 

“Significant
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02(w)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue
Date.

 

    23

     

    

 

“Similar
Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries
or any Associates on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries
or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions, expansions
or developments of any thereof.

 

“Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment
of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any
contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subordinated
Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

 

“Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any Person:

 

(a)           any
corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, Joint Venture, limited liability company or similar entity)
of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency)
to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly,
by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

 

(b)           any
partnership, Joint Venture, limited liability company or similar entity or series thereof of which:

 

(i)            more
than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests,
as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person
or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

 

(ii)           such
Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed
that, anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, variable interest entities (within the meaning of GAAP) shall not be
deemed to be Subsidiaries of any Person.

 

    24

     

    

 

“Taxes”
means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature
(including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

 

“Total
Assets” mean, as of any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,
as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is internally available, determined
on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity
Ratio.

 

“Total
Unencumbered Assets” mean, as of any date, the sum of (1) those Undepreciated Real Estate Assets not securing any
portion of Secured Indebtedness; and (2) all other assets (but excluding goodwill) of the Company and its Subsidiaries not securing
any portion of Secured Indebtedness, determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
For the avoidance of doubt, Liens on the stock of the Subsidiaries of the Company required by the terms of any Credit Facility shall be
disregarded for purposes of this definition and neither the stock of such Subsidiaries nor the assets held by such Subsidiaries shall
be deemed to secure any portion of Secured Indebtedness solely as a result of such Liens.

 

“TIA”
means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

“Treasury
Rate” means the weekly average for each Business Day during the most recent week that has ended at least two Business Days prior
to the redemption date of the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity
(as compiled and published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available,
any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the
redemption date to     June 15, 2024; provided, however, that if
the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2024 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for
which a yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year)
from the yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date
to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted
to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

“Trustee”
means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

 

“Trust
Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer
or any other officer of the Trustee, as applicable, who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at
the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge
of and familiarity with the particular subject and who, in each case, shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this
Indenture.

 

    25

     

    

 

“Undepreciated
Real Estate Assets” means, as of any date, the cost (being the original cost to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries plus capital improvements) of real estate assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, before depreciation
and amortization of such real estate assets determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, it
is understood and agreed that, anything in the foregoing sentence to the contrary notwithstanding, the cost of real estate assets shall
include any portion of such cost that may be allocated to intangible assets under GAAP.

 

“Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means:

 

(a)         any
Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company in the manner
provided below); and

 

(b)         any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the
Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other
business combination transaction, or investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries
does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of
the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Unsecured
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not Secured Indebtedness
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“U.S.
Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the
timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting
as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith
and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Company
thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act),
as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government
Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required
by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any
amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on
the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

    26

    

    

 

“Voting
Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in
the election of directors.

 

“Weighted
Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case
may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(a)         the
sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of
such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount
of such payment, by

 

(b)         the
sum of all such payments.

 

“Wholly
Owned Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Capital Stock of which is owned by
the Company.

 

Section 1.2          Other
Definitions.

 

	Term	     Defined in Section
	“Accredited Investor Note”	     2.1(b)
	“Additional Restricted Notes”	     2.1(b)
	“Agent Members”	     2.1(g)(2)
	“Applicable Premium Deficit”	     8.4(i)
	“Authenticating Agent”	     2.2
	“bankruptcy provisions”	     6.1(a)(v)(6)
	“Change of Control Offer”	     3.5(a)
	“Change of Control Payment”	     3.5(a)
	“Change of Control Payment Date”	     3.5(a)(ii)
	“Clearstream”	     2.1(b)
	“Covenant Defeasance”	     8.3
	“cross acceleration provision”	     6.1(a)(iv)(2)
	“Default Direction”	     6.1(b)
	“Defaulted Interest”	     2.15
	“Defeasance Trust”	     8.4(i)
	“Directing Holder”	     6.1(b)
	“Euroclear”	     2.1(b)
	“Event of Default”	     6.1(a)
	“Global Notes”	     2.1(b)

 

    27

    

    

 

	“Guaranteed Obligations”	     10.1
	“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”	     2.1(b)
	“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Notes”	     2.1(b)
	“Issuers Order”	     2.2
	“judgment default provision”	     6.1(a)(vii)
	“Legal Defeasance”	     8.2
	“Legal Holiday”	     12.8
	“Noteholder Direction”	     6.1(b)
	“Notes Register”	     2.3
	“payment default”	     6.1(a)(iv)(1)
	“Permitted Debt”	     3.2(b)
	“Position Representation”	     6.1(b)
	“protected purchaser”	     2.11
	“Redemption Date”	     5.7(a)
	“Registrar”	     2.3
	“Regulation S Global Note”	     2.1(b)
	“Regulation S Notes”	     2.1(b)
	“Resale Restriction Termination Date”	     2.6(b)
	“Reversion Date”	     3.14(b)
	“Rule 144A Global Note”	     2.1(b)
	“Rule 144A Notes”	     2.1(b)
	“Special Interest Payment Date”	     2.15(a)
	“Special Record Date”	     2.15(a)
	“Successor Company”	     4.1(a)(i)
	“Suspended Covenants”	     3.14(a)
	“Suspension Period”	     3.14(b)
	“Verification Covenant”	     6.1(b)

 

Section 1.3          Inapplicability
of Trust Indenture Act. No provisions of the TIA are incorporated by reference in or made a part of this Indenture. No terms that
are defined under the TIA have such meanings for the purposes of this Indenture.

 

Section 1.4          Rules of
Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)         a
term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)        an
accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

    28

    

    

 

(c)         “or”
is not exclusive;

 

(d)         “including”
means including without limitation;

 

(e)         words
in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(f)          “will”
shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(g)         all
amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

(h)         the
words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture
as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(i)          unless
otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with
its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were
not an Affiliate of such Person;

 

(j)          the
words “execution,” signed,” “signature” and words of like import in this Indenture or in any other certificate,
agreement or document related to this Indenture shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other
electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf,” “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures
(including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation,
any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal
effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic
Signatures and Records Act, and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic
Transactions Act or the UCC; notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic
signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to reasonable procedures approved by the Trustee;
and

 

(k)         For
the purposes of Section 6.1(a)(vi)(4), in respect of Parent, the making of a declaration that the affairs of Parent are en
etat de désastre shall be deemed to be similar relief granted under foreign law.

 

    29

    

    

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Indenture (other than as set forth in Sections 3.2(a) and 4.1(a)(iii)), covenants requiring the Company to maintain
ratios will be tested only as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of the Company are available.
In the event that a required ratio is not then satisfied but the Company does satisfy such ratio as of a later date, then the Company
will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect to such ratio at such time and any Default with respect to such ratio shall
be deemed to have been cured.

 

Article II

 

THE
NOTES

 

Section 2.1          Form,
Dating and Terms.

 

(a)         The
aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued
on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $650,000,000. In addition, the Issuers may issue, from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein). Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered
upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13,
5.6 or 9.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.5.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the Issuers may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Section 3.2.

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers
shall set forth in (i) an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

 

(1)            the
aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(2)            the
issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and

 

(3)            whether
such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes.

 

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s
Certificate required by Section 12.4, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and
enforceability of such Additional Notes.

 

    30

    

    

 

The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall
be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes
will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders
of the Initial Notes or the Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders
are entitled to vote or consent; provided that any Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP as the Initial Notes unless
such Additional Notes are fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(b)        The
Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated June 9, 2021, among the Issuers and
the initial purchasers named therein. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional
Restricted Notes”) will be resold initially only to (A) persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A
and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred
to, among others, persons reasonably believed to be QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, AIs and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501
under the Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof
may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

 

Initial
Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in the United States of America in reliance
on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially
in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends
as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with
the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A
Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal
amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time
be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Initial
Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S Notes”)
in reliance on Regulation S will be issued in the form of a global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, including appropriate
legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e) (the “Regulation S Global Note”). Each
Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC in the manner described
in this Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct),
including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société
anonyme (“Clearstream”).

 

    31

    

    

 

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation
S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through
Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such
systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream will hold such interests in the applicable
Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the
books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note
in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

 

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented
by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single
certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments
made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Initial
Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”) in the
United States of America will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate
legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e) (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”)
deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.
The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding
the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited
Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for
DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Initial
Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to AIs in the United States of America will be issued in the form of a Definitive Note substantially
in the form of Exhibit A including the legend as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (an “Accredited Investor
Note”).

 

The
Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note are sometimes collectively
herein referred to as the “Global Notes.”

 

    32

    

    

 

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent designated by the Company maintained for such purpose (which
shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be
maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent,
each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall
appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to
the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any,
and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes
represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee
with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying
Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other
date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.1(d),
(e) and (f). The Issuers shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the
date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture
and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound
by such terms.

 

(c)         Denominations.
The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(d)        Restrictive
Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration
statement or (ii) the Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuers to the effect
that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of
the Securities Act. The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and
the Accredited Investor Note shall each bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

    33

    

    

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE
UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS
THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT
A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT
IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”),
(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE
WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES
(OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS
RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY),
(D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT
TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), OR (G) PURSUANT
TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY
IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER
THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER,
FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUERS SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY
REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S.
PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

(e)         Global
Note Legend.

 

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note,
shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”),
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED
IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER
USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN. TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR
TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

 

    34

    

    

 

(f)           [Reserved]

 

(g)          Book-Entry
Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(g) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for
DTC.

 

(i)            Each
Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian
for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(e). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest
therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except
as set forth in Section 2.1(g)(4) and 2.1(h). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged
for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global
Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in
the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery
in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange,
cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject
to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for
as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(ii)           Members
of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global
Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by
the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the
operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

    35

    

    

 

(iii)          In
connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(h) to beneficial
owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in
the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be
transferred, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive
Notes of like tenor and amount.

 

(iv)          In
connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(h), such Global Note shall
be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make
available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal
aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(v)           The
registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may
hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(vi)          Any
Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may
be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder
of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be
reflected in a book entry.

 

(h)          Definitive
Notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Definitive
Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies
the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Note and the Issuers fail to appoint a successor depositary
within 90 days of such notice, (B) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive
Notes or (C) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes under this Indenture and DTC
shall have requested the issuance of Definitive Notes. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding
sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a
reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. In addition, any Note transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities
Act) of the Issuers or evidencing a Note that has been acquired by an affiliate in a transaction or series of transactions not involving
any public offering must, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was an owner
of the Note, be in the form of a Definitive Note and bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions in Section 2.1(d). If
required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may also obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their
beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures.

 

    36

    

    

 

(i)            Any
Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(g) shall, except as otherwise
provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Note set forth
in Section 2.1(d).

 

(ii)           If
a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive
Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange
and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note,
the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive
Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

 

(iii)          If
a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being
transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one
or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer
or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange),
registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the
entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal
to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

 

Section 2.2            Execution
and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual, facsimile, PDF or other electronic signature. If
the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be
valid nevertheless.

 

    37

    

    

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer
of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has
been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

At
any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $650,000,000, (2) subject
to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, in each case upon a written order
of the Issuers signed by one Officer (the “Issuers Order”). Such Issuers Order shall specify whether the Notes
will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue
of Notes is to be authenticated, the holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes.

 

The
Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate
the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the
Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may
do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating
Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

In case the Issuers, pursuant to Article IV,
shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties
and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such
merger, or into which the Issuers or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer,
lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV,
any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may
(but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the
name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise
in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuers
Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of
such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2
in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders
but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered
in such new name.

 

    38

    

    

 

Section 2.3            Registrar
and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep
a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Notes Register”). The Issuers may have one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and
the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

 

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency
agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture
that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuers
fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor
pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

The
Issuers initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global
Notes. The Issuers initially appoints the Trustee as the Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes and the Issuers may remove any Registrar
or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided,
however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced
by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered
to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee
that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above.
The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee.

 

Section 2.4            Paying
Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available
funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuers shall require the Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree
in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for
the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers
or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers or any Guarantor in making any such
payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment
in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying
Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers acts
as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time
may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets
disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary
of the Issuers) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar
proceeding with respect to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

    39

    

    

 

Section 2.5            Holder
Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names
and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers, on their own behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors,
shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date
and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably
require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

Section 2.6            Transfer
and Exchange.

 

(a)           A
Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein)
for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Registrar a written request therefor stating the name of
the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this
Section 2.6. The Registrar will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6
by noting the same in the Notes Register maintained by the Registrar for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective
until it is registered in such Notes Register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made
in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(g) and 2.1 (h), as applicable, and, in the case
of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The
Registrar shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph.

 

(b)          Transfers
of Rule 144A Notes and Institutional Accredited Investor Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed
registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date that is one year after
the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such
Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”):

 

    40

    

    

 

(i)            a
registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein
to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing
for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a
 “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance
on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant
to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing
representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation
or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the
applicable procedures of DTC.

 

(ii)           a
registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein
to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8
or Section 2.10, respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or
other information satisfactory to it; and

 

(iii)          a
registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S.
Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9
from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it.

 

(c)           Transfers
of Regulation S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note:

 

(i)            a
transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in
the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect
to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within
the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received
such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such
information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii)           a
transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its
agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 or Section 2.10, respectively, from
the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers;
and

 

    41

    

    

 

(iii)          a
transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or
its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and receipt
by the Registrar or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

 

(d)          Restricted
Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes
that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the
Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (1) an Initial Note is being transferred pursuant to
an effective registration statement, (2) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend
in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (3) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in
order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be
required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 

(e)          [Reserved]

 

(f)           Retention
of Written Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant
to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters,
notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

 

(g)          Obligations
with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall, subject to the
other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes
at the Issuers’ and Registrar’s written request.

 

No service charge shall be made to a Holder for
any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments
or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental
charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5).

 

    42

    

    

 

The Issuers (and the Registrar) shall not be required
to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 calendar days before the mailing of a
notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 calendar
days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

Prior to the due presentation for registration
of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note
is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph
2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibits A, B and C) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including
without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, the
Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an
interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(h) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d),
bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d).

 

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(h)          No
Obligation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of,
or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner
or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery
of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders
and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders
(which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised
only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying
upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to
monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law
with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial
owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required
by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance
as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions
taken or not taken by DTC.

 

    43

    

    

 

Section 2.7            [Reserved]

 

Section 2.8            Form of
Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs.

 

[Date]

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Paul J. Miceli and Kelly Porcella

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

		Re:	Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “Issuers”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This
certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[     ] principal
amount of the 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and Ladder Capital
Finance Corporation (the “Issuers”).

 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in
the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

	Name:	 	 

 

	Address:	 	 

 

	Taxpayer ID Number: 	 	 

 

    44

    

    

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you
that:

 

		1.	We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”))
purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” of at least $250,000 principal
amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation
of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits
and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business.
We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

		2.	We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities
Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf
of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one
year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner
of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the
Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction
complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional
buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the
account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers
and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to
an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in
each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection
with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property
of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities
laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other
transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor
shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide,
among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution
in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer,
sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require
the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

 

    45

    

    

 

		3.	We [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

	 	 	TRANSFEREE:	 

 

	 	 	BY:	 

 

Section 2.9        Form of
Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S.

 

[Date]

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Paul J. Miceli and Kelly Porcella

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

Re:     Ladder
Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “Issuers”)

 

4.750%
Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In
connection with our proposed sale of $[     ] aggregate principal amount
of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(a)            the
offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

    46

     

    

 

(b)           either
(i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf
reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the
facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction
has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(c)            no
directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of
Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(d)           the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted
period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable
thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or
Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

 

We also hereby certify that we [are][are not]
an Affiliate of the Issuers and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is][is not] an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively
rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative
or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings
set forth in Regulation S.

 

	 	 	Very
    truly yours,
	 	 	 
	 	 	[Name of
    Transferor]
	 	 	By:	                  
	 	 	 
	 	 	Authorized
    Signature

 

    47

     

    

 

Section 2.10      Form of
Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs.

 

[Date]

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Paul J. Miceli and Kelly Porcella

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

Re:    Ladder
Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “Issuers”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This
certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[     ] principal
amount of the 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and Ladder Capital
Finance Corporation (the “Issuers”).

 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in
the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 
	 	Address:	 	 

 

	 	Taxpayer ID Number:	 	 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you
that:

 

		4.	I
                                            am an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the
                                            U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”))
                                            and I am acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with,
                                            any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. I have such knowledge and experience
                                            in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of my
                                            investment in the Notes and I invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the
                                            normal course of my business. I am able to bear the economic risk of my investment.

 

    48

     

    

 

		5.	I
                                            understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so
                                            registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. I agree on my
                                            own behalf to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one
                                            year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuers
                                            or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto)
                                            (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the
                                            Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement
                                            under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A
                                            under the Securities Act, to a person I reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional
                                            buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that
                                            is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given
                                            that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers
                                            and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of
                                            Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor”
                                            within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
                                            Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited
                                            investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $200,000 for investment
                                            purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution
                                            in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption
                                            from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing
                                            cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of my property be at all times within
                                            my control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions
                                            on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. Each purchaser
                                            acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale
                                            or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d),
                                            (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications
                                            and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

 

		6.	I understand and acknowledge that upon the issuance thereof, and until
                                            such time as the same is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Securities
                                            Act or state securities laws, the Notes that I acquire will be certificated Notes that will
                                            bear, and all certificates issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof will bear,
                                            a restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) of the Indenture.

 

		7.	I [am][am not] an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

	 	 	TRANSFEREE:	 

	 	 	BY:	 

 

    49

     

    

 

Section 2.11           Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.

 

If
a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the
Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers and the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed
or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar
has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers and the Trustee prior
to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected
purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided, however, if after
the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment
or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuers shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person
to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon
the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuers or the Trustee
in connection therewith. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the
Trustee and (ii) the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of
them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has
been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuers shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuers Order, the Trustee shall authenticate
and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new
Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such
Note.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.11,
the Issuers may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

 

Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph
of this Section 2.11, every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.11, in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, any Guarantor (if applicable) and
any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone,
and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

    50

     

    

 

The provisions of this Section 2.11
are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

Section 2.12           Outstanding
Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered
to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and those described in this Section as not outstanding.
A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; provided, however,
that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 12.6
shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of
the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented
to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder,
or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuers
or an Affiliate of the Issuers shall not be considered outstanding.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11
(other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive
proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender
of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.11.

 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust,
in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and
accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be,
and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then
on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.13           Temporary
Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready
for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the
form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes.
Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive
Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained
by the Issuers for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or
more temporary Notes, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers Order, authenticate and make available
for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged,
the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes.

 

    51

     

    

 

Section 2.14           Cancellation.
The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered
for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and
customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). If the Issuers or any Guarantor
acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such
Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14. The Issuers
may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection
with a transfer or exchange.

 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a
Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be
returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note,
redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall
be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global
Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 

Section 2.15           Payment
of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest
payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business
on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3.

 

Any
interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period
of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent
lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively
called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case, as provided in clause
(a) or (b) below:

 

    52

     

    

 

(a)            The
Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor
Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest,
which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed
to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest
Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount
proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior
to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted
Interest as in this Section 2.15(a). Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”)
for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 20 calendar days and not less than 15 calendar days prior
to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed
payment. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of
the Issuers, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special
Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.2, not less than 10 calendar days prior
to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest
Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons
in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date
and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b).

 

(b)           The
Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by
the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed
practicable by the Trustee.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15,
each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry
the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

Section 2.16           CUSIP
and ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee
shall use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided,
however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP and
ISIN numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

 

    53

     

    

 

Section 2.17           Joint
and Several Liability. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, from and after the Issue Date, the Issuers shall be jointly
and severally liable for the performance of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

Article III

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 3.1             Payment
of Notes. The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if by
10:00 a.m. Eastern time on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to
pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited
from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal
at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent
lawful.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed
by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

 

Section 3.2             Limitation
on Indebtedness.

 

(a)           The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness);
provided, however, that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Non-Funding Indebtedness, if on the
date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), (i) the
Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than 1.75 to 1.00 and (ii) the
Company would have been in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 3.3 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal
quarter for which financial statements of the Company are available.

 

    54

     

    

 

(b)           Section 3.2(a) will
not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(i)            Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit
Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) the greater of $250.0 million or 4.0% of Total Assets, plus (ii) in
the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting
discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

(ii)           Guarantees
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long
as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture;

 

(iii)          Indebtedness
of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

 

(1)            any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by
a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

 

(2)            any
sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

 

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such
Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

(iv)          Indebtedness
represented by (i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Guarantee thereof, (ii) any Indebtedness (other
than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(i) and (iii)) outstanding on the Issue Date, (iii) Refinancing
Indebtedness (including, in the case of the Notes (other than any Additional Notes)) and any Guarantee thereof Incurred in respect of
any Indebtedness described in this clause or clauses (v), (vi), (vii), (ix) or (xiv) of this Section 3.2(b) or
Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a), and (iv) Management Advances;

 

(v)           Indebtedness
of (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or Investment or (y) Persons that
are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either

 

    55

     

    

 

(1)            the
Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity
Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a);

 

(2)            the
Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than immediately prior
to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or

 

(3)            such
Indebtedness constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of the transaction or series of related
transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);
provided that the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness
prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(vi)          Hedging
Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

 

(vii)         Indebtedness
represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken
together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding and any Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed the greater of (i) $60.0 million and (ii) 1.0% of Total Assets at the time
of Incurrence;

 

(viii)        Indebtedness
in respect of (i) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal,
advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion
guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred
in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (ii) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (iii) customer
deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or
services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (iv) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances,
guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course
of business or consistent with past practice, and (v) any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, automatic clearinghouse
arrangements, overdraft protections, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent
with past practice;

 

(ix)           Indebtedness
arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase
price, in each case, or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition
of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary;

 

(x)            Indebtedness
consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee, director or consultant
of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee,
director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Parents;

 

    56

     

    

 

(xi)           Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay
obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(xii)          Permitted
Funding Indebtedness;

 

(xiii)         Permitted
Securitization Indebtedness and Indebtedness under Credit Enhancement Agreements or arising out of or to fund purchases of all remaining
outstanding asset-backed securities of any Securitization Entity for the purpose of relieving the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company
of the administrative expense of servicing such Securitization Entity; and

 

(xiv)         Indebtedness
in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the
principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $250.0
million and (b) 4.0% of Total Assets.

 

(c)            For
purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and
in compliance with, this Section 3.2:

 

(i)             in
the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described
in Section 3.2(a) and (b), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify,
such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the clauses
of Section 3.2(a) or (b);

 

    57

     

    

 

(ii)            additionally,
all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness
described in Section 3.2(a) and (b) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to
such provision;

 

(iii)           Guarantees
of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness
that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

(iv)           if
obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit
Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b) or Section 3.2(a) and the letters
of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not
be included;

 

(v)           the
principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary,
will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or
repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

(vi)          Indebtedness
permitted by this Section 3.2 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but
may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.2 permitting
such Indebtedness;

 

(vii)         in
the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility or enters
into any commitment to Incur or issue Indebtedness, the incurrence or issuance thereof for all purposes under this Indenture, including
without limitation for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio or any other ratio, as applicable, or
usage of the clauses in the preceding paragraph (if any) for borrowings and reborrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation
of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will, at the Company’s option, either (a) be determined on
the date of such revolving credit facility or such entry into or increase in commitments (assuming that the full amount thereof has been
borrowed as of such date) or other Indebtedness and, if such Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio or other ratio, as applicable,
test or other provision of this Indenture is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and
the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this covenant irrespective
of the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio or any other ratio, as applicable, or other provision of this Indenture at the time
of any borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) or (b) be
determined on the date such amount is borrowed pursuant to any such facility or increased commitment, and in each case, the Company may
revoke such determination at any time and from time to time;

 

    58

     

    

 

(viii)        in
the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (x) incurs Indebtedness to finance an acquisition or (y) assumes Indebtedness
of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture, the date of determination of the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio or any other ratio,
as applicable, shall, at the option of the Company, be (a) the date that a definitive agreement for such acquisition (whether by
merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise and which may include,
for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction that may constitute a Change of Control Repurchase Event) is entered into and the Consolidated
Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio or any other ratio, as applicable, shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such acquisition and
any actions or transactions related thereto (including any Incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof,
the prepayment of any Indebtedness for which an irrevocable notice of prepayment or redemption is delivered or the designation of any
Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries) consistent with the definition of the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio
or any other ratio, as applicable, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (A) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations
in such ratio at or prior to the consummation of the relevant acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a
result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether such acquisition and any related transactions are permitted hereunder
and (B) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such acquisition or related transactions; provided, further,
that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, (i) any such acquisition
and related actions or transactions shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreement is entered into and to be outstanding
thereafter for purposes of calculating any ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the earlier of the
date of consummation of such acquisition or the date such agreement is terminated or expires without consummation of such acquisition
and (ii) to the extent any covenant baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized until
the earlier of the date of consummation of such acquisition or the date such agreement is terminated or expires without consummation
of such acquisition or (b) the date such Indebtedness is Incurred or assumed;

 

    59

     

    

 

(ix)           notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 3.2, in the case of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially incurred
in reliance on a clause of Section 3.2(b) measured by reference to a percentage of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence,
if such refinancing would cause the percentage of Total Assets restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of Total
Assets on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of Total Assets restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the
principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, costs and expenses
(including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such refinancing; and

 

(x)            the
amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability
in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

 

(d)           Accrual
of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment
of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified
Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to
be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date
shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal
amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

(e)            If
at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred
by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date
under this Section 3.2, the Company shall be in default of this Section 3.2).

 

(f)            For
purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar equivalent principal
amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided,
that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause
the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date
of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of
such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) the aggregate
amount of accrued and unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees,
costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such refinancing.

 

    60

     

    

 

(g)           Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may
Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange
rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency
from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which
such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

(h)           The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness)
that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such
Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the
same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

(i)            Unsecured
Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because such Indebtedness is unsecured. Senior
Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority
with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral.

 

Section 3.3             Maintenance
of Total Unencumbered Assets. The Company will maintain Total Unencumbered Assets of not less than 120% of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Unsecured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 3.4             Limitation
on Guarantees.

 

(a)           The
Company will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Domestic
Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries Guarantee other loan facilities or debt securities (other than Permitted
Funding Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), other than (i) a Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, (ii) an Excluded
Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) a Securitization Entity, to Incur any Non-Funding Indebtedness (other than Preferred Stock) or Guarantee
the payment of any loan facilities or debt securities of the Company or any other Guarantor that are Non-Funding Indebtedness, in each
case, unless:

 

(i)            such
Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a senior Guarantee
by such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness
shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness
is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and (b) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee
are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such
Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the Guarantor’s
Guarantee are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

 

    61

     

    

 

(ii)            such
Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement,
indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such
Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment in full of obligations under this Indenture;

 

provided
that this Section 3.4 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the
time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming
a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)           The
Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor,
in which case, such Subsidiary shall only be required to comply with the 60-day period described in this Section 3.4, and
such Guarantee may be released at any time in the Company’s sole discretion so long as any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary then
outstanding could have been incurred by such Subsidiary (either (x) when so incurred or (y) at the time of the release of such
Guarantee) assuming such Subsidiary were not a Guarantor at such time.

 

(c)           Any
Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable
fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law to comply with
corporate benefit, financial assistance and other laws. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantor’s obligation under its Guarantee
could be significantly less than amounts payable with respect to the Notes, or a Guarantor may have effectively no obligation under its
Guarantee.

 

(d)           The
Guarantee of a Guarantor will terminate upon:

 

(i)            a
sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the sale or disposition
of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by
this Indenture;

 

    62

     

    

 

(ii)           the
designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which
the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(iii)          defeasance
or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article VIII and XI;

 

(iv)          to
the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial
Subsidiary,” upon the release of the Guarantee referred to in such clause;

 

(v)           such
Guarantor being released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Non-Funding Indebtedness
of the Company under all loan facilities and debt securities of the Company (it being understood that a release subject to reinstatement
is considered a release); or

 

(vi)          upon
the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

 

(e)           Claims
of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding debt and guarantees issued
by those Subsidiaries, and claims of preferred and minority shareholders (if any) of those Subsidiaries and claims against Joint Ventures
generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures over the claims of creditors
of the Company, including Holders of the Notes. The Notes and each Guarantee therefore will be structurally subordinated to creditors
(including trade creditors) and preferred and minority shareholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of the Company (other than the Guarantors)
and Joint Ventures.

 

    63

     

    

 

Section 3.5             Change
of Control.

 

(a)            If
a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect
to all the outstanding Notes under Section 5.7, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change
of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase; provided that if the repurchase
date is on or after the record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, then, Holders in whose names the Notes
are registered at the close of business on such record date will receive interest on the repurchase date. Within 30 days following any
Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Issuers will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with
the applicable procedures of DTC or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder
appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions
that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and with the following information:

 

(i)            that
a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.5, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such
Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

 

(ii)            the
purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered
(the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(iii)          that
any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)          that
unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer will cease to accrue interest, on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(v)           that
Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the
form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified
in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of
Control Payment Date;

 

(vi)          that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes; provided
that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the
Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal
amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such
Notes purchased;

 

    64

     

    

 

(vii)         that
Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to
the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;

 

(viii)        if
such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the
occurrence of such Change of Control; and

 

(ix)           the
other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 3.5, that a Holder must follow.

 

The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each
Holder of the Notes tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause
to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered,
if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the
Change of Control Payment Date.

 

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or
after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid
on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)           On
the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(i)            accept
for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

(ii)           deposit
with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered,
and

 

(iii)          deliver,
or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee
stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

 

    65

     

    

 

(c)            The
Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable
to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control
Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to Section 5.3 unless and until
there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable redemption date or the redemption is not consummated due to
a failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Section 3.5, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change
of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(d)            To
the extent that the provisions of any securities laws, rules or regulations, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, conflict
with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture
by virtue of compliance therewith. The Issuers may rely on any no-action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the SEC
will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

 

Section 3.6             Reports.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding
that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report
on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated
by the SEC, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes within 15 days after the time periods specified below:

 

(i)            within
90 days (120 days in the case of the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date) after the end of each fiscal year (or if such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), annual reports of the Company containing substantially all of the financial
information that would have been required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K or any successor or comparable form under
the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is included
in the Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(ii)            within
45 days (60 days in the case of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date) after the end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters of each fiscal year (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), quarterly reports of the Company
containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
or any successor or comparable form under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only
to the extent similar information is provided in the Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s discussion and
analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance
with GAAP; and

 

    66

     

    

 

(iii)            within
the time periods specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K, after the occurrence of each event that would have been required
to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K or any successor or comparable form under the Exchange Act, if the Company had been
a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required
to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange
Act; provided, that the foregoing shall not obligate the Issuers to make available (i) any information otherwise required
to be included on a Form 8-K regarding the occurrence of any such events if the Issuers determine in their good faith judgment that
such event that would otherwise be required to be disclosed is not material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations,
financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) an exhibit, or a summary
of the terms of any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries)
and any director, manager or executive officer of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries), (iii) copies of any agreements, financial
statements or other items that would be required to be filed as exhibits to a current report on Form 8-K or (iv) any trade secrets,
privileged or confidential information obtained from another Person and competitively sensitive information;

 

provided,
however, that the Issuers shall not be required to (i) comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of
Regulation S-K with respect to any “non-GAAP” financial information contained therein, (ii) provide any information that
is not otherwise similar to information currently included in the Offering Memorandum or (iii) provide the type of information contemplated
by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X with respect to separate financial statements for Guarantors or any financial statements for unconsolidated
subsidiaries or 50% or less owned persons contemplated by Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X or any schedules required by Regulation S-X,
or in each case any successor provisions. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will not be required to (i) comply
with Sections 302, 906 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or (ii) otherwise furnish any information, certificates
or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K.

 

    67

     

    

 

(b)            To
the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information
is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at
such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise
affect the rights of the Holders under Section 6.1 if Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding
Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be
due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.

 

(c)            So
long as the Notes are outstanding and the reports described above are not filed with the SEC, the Company will use commercially reasonable
efforts to maintain a website (that may be password protected) to which Holders of Notes, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities
analysts are given access promptly and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this Section 3.6 are posted.
The Company will hold a conference call for the Holders and securities analysts to discuss such financial information no later than 15
calendar days after filing the annual financial information described in Section 3.6(a)(1) and after filing the quarterly
financial information described in Section 3.6(a)(2). The Company will announce any such conference call at least three business
days in advance and not more than ten business days after filing of the foregoing financial information.

 

(d)            To
the extent not satisfied by the reports referred to in Section 3.6(a), the Company shall furnish to noteholders, prospective
investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act so long as the notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

 

(e)            Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 3.6, if the Company or any Parent has furnished the Trustee and the Holders of Notes
or filed with the SEC the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to the Company or any Parent, the Company shall be
deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this Section 3.6. The Trustee will have no responsibility to determine whether
such filing has occurred.

 

(f)            For
the purposes of this Section 3.6, the delivery of any reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information
contained therein, or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants
hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate). The Trustee shall have no duty
to review or analyze reports delivered to it.

 

    68

     

    

 

Section 3.7            Maintenance
of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where
the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose and where, if applicable, the Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be delivered. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at Wilmington Trust, National
Association, Global Capital Markets, 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544, Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator,
shall be such office or agency of the Issuers unless the Issuers shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more
of such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency.
If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or delivered to the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuers hereby
appoint the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders.

 

The Issuers may also from time to time designate
one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind any such designation. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and
any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

Section 3.8             [Reserved].

 

Section 3.9             [Reserved].

 

Section 3.10           [Reserved].

 

Section 3.11           Compliance
Certificate. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuers an Officer’s
Certificate, which shall be signed by an Officer of each of the Issuers, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of
his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuers he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether
or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such
Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such knowledge,
the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuers is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto.

 

Section 3.12           Further
Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or requirements, the Issuers
will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

    69

     

    

 

Section 3.13           Statement
by Officers as to Default. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the
Issuers become aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of
such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The
Trustee will not be deemed to have knowledge of any Defaults or Events of Default unless written notice of an event, which is in fact
a Default, has been delivered to the Trustee at the office of the Trustee and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and
states that it is a “notice of Default.”

 

Section 3.14           Suspension
of Certain Covenants.

 

(a)            Following
the first day: (1) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status; and (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 4.1(a)(3) (collectively,
the “Suspended Covenants”).

 

(b)            If
at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such
covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
(including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless
and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (in which event
the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status); provided,
however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the
Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability
for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant
to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted
if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the
covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.”

 

(c)            On
the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(iv)(ii).
During the Suspension Period, any future obligation to grant further Guarantees shall be released. All such further obligation to grant
Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date. On and after each Reversion Date, the Issuers and their Subsidiaries will be permitted
to consummate the transactions contemplated by any contract entered into during the Suspension Period, so long as such contract and such
consummation would have been permitted during such Suspension Period.

 

    70

     

    

 

(d)            The
Issuers shall send prompt written notice to the Trustee if the conditions in Section 3.14(a) are satisfied or if a Reversion
Date occurs. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any suspension of covenants or Reversion Date unless a Trust Officer
has received the notice referred to in this Section 3.14(d).

 

Section 3.15           Designation
of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)            The
Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause an Event of Default
and the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)            Any
designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 3.2,
the Company will be in default of Section 3.2.

 

(c)            The
Company may at any time designate or redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided
that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under
Section 3.2 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference
period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Company
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies
with the preceding conditions.

 

Article IV

 

SUCCESSOR
ISSUERS; SUCCESSOR PERSON

 

Section 4.1             Merger
and Consolidation.

 

(a)            The
Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person,
unless:

 

(i)            The
Company is the surviving Person or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be
a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia
and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee,
all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and if such Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor
of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws;

 

    71

     

    

 

(ii)            immediately
after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary
of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time
of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(iii)           immediately
after giving effect to such transaction, (x) either (i) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional
$1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (ii) the Consolidated Non-Funding Debt to Equity Ratio of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction and (y) the
Company would have been in compliance with Section 3.3 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial
statements of the Company are available; and

 

(iv)          the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental
indenture (if any) is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company; provided that in giving an Opinion
of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of Section 4.1(a)(2) and
(3).

 

(b)            For
purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead
of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall
be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

 

(c)            The
Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture
but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from its obligations under
this Indenture or the Notes.

 

    72

     

    

 

(d)            Notwithstanding
Section 4.1(a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence),
(i) the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor,
(ii) the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of
changing the legal domicile of the Company, reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Company,
(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and
assets to the Company or a Guarantor and (d) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer
all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Article V

 

REDEMPTION
OF SECURITIES

 

Section 5.1             Notices
to Trustee.

 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to
the optional redemption provisions of Section 5.7 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than
60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

(i)            the
clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(ii)           the
redemption date;

 

(iii)          the
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

 

(iv)          the
redemption price.

 

Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s
Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuers at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be
null and void.

 

Section 5.2             Selection
of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed
at any time, the Trustee will select the applicable Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities
exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee by the Issuers, and in compliance with the requirements
of DTC, or if Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and such Notes are not held through DTC or DTC
prescribes no method of selection, the Trustee will select by lot or on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an
unauthorized denomination is redeemed in part and further; provided, however, that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal
amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

 

    73

     

    

 

Section 5.3             Notice
of Redemption.

 

(a)            At
least 10 but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers will send or cause to be sent, by electronic delivery, or at
the Issuers’ option, by first class mail postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at
the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, except
that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued
in connection with a legal or covenant defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles
VIII or XI hereof.

 

The notice will identify the Notes (including the
CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and will state:

 

(i)            the
redemption date;

 

(ii)           the
redemption price;

 

(iii)          if
any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date
upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation
of the original Note;

 

(iv)          the
name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(v)           that
Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(vi)          that,
unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;

 

(vii)         the
paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(viii)        that
no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the
Notes.

 

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee will
give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers have
delivered to the Trustee, at least 35 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree), an Officer’s
Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in
the preceding paragraph.

 

    74

     

    

 

(b)            If
any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation
of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount
thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any
conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date,
unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption payment, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for
redemption.

 

Section 5.4             Effect
of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption
become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ option
and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, an incurrence
of Indebtedness, or Change of Control or other transaction, as the case may be. If such redemption is so subject to satisfaction of one
or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’
discretion, the (i) redemption date may be delayed until such time (including by more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption
was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or (ii) such redemption
may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption
date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price
and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

Section 5.5             Deposit
of Redemption or Purchase Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers will deposit
with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on,
all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited
with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and
accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the
preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes
called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid on the Redemption Date to the Holder in whose name such Note
was registered at the close of business on such record date in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC. If any Note called for
redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the
preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid,
and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1
hereof.

 

    75

     

    

 

Section 5.6             Notes
Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt
of an Issuers Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to
the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal
amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Section 5.7             Optional
Redemption.

 

(a)            At
any time prior to June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 10 nor
more than 60 days’ prior notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each
Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount
of such Notes redeemed plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date
of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)            At
any time and from time to time on or after June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at their option,
upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal
amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant Redemption Date, subject to the right of holders
of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve month
period beginning on June 15 of the year set forth below:

 

	Redemption period	 	Price	 
	2024	 	 	102.375	%
	2025	 	 	101.188	%
	2026 and thereafter	 	 	100.000	%

 

    76

     

    

 

(c)            At
any time and from time to time prior to June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers
from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 104.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the
Redemption Date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount
of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days
after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and (2) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries), unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the
manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer, if Holders of not less than 90%
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers,
or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by
such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given
not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption
price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee) in such tender offer plus, to the
extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of such redemption.

 

(e)            Unless
the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

 

(f)            Any
redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6.

 

Section 5.8             Mandatory
Redemption. The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided
however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5. The
Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

 

    77

     

    

 

Article VI

 

DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.1             Events
of Default.

 

(a)            Each
of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(i)            default
in any payment of interest, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

(ii)           default
in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity,
upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(iii)          (a) failure
to comply with Section 3.5 and Section 4.1 for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders
or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (b) failure to comply with the agreements
or obligations contained in this Indenture for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders
of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, provided, that, in the case of a failure to comply
with Section 3.6, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in
this clause (iii)(b) has been given;

 

(iv)            default
under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness
for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Non-Recourse Indebtedness whether such
Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

 

(1)            is
caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods)
provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

 

(2)            results
in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”);

 

and, in each
case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there
has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity
of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $40.0 million (measured at the date of such non-payment or acceleration) or more at
any one time outstanding;

 

(v)            any
Issuer:

 

(1)            commences
a voluntary case or proceeding;

 

    78

     

    

 

(2)            consents
to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

(3)            consents
to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property;

 

(4)            makes
a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(5)            consents
to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or

 

(6)            takes
any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency (collectively, the “bankruptcy provisions”);

 

(vi)            a
court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(1)            is
for relief against Parent, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest
audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,
in an involuntary case;

 

(2)            appoints
a Custodian of Parent, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited
consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially
all of its property;

 

(3)            orders
the winding up or liquidation of Parent, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as
of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or

 

(4)            or
any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
days;

 

(vii)            failure
by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated
financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $40.0 million (measured at the date of such non-payment or acceleration) other than any judgments covered by
indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged
and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance,
an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment
default provision”); and

 

    79

     

    

 

(viii)            (a) any
Guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other than (1) in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture or (2) in connection with the bankruptcy of such Guarantor where the aggregate assets of such Guarantor
and any other Guarantor whose Guarantee ceased or ceases to be in full force as a result of a bankruptcy are less than $40.0 million;
or (b) a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes,
other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a default under Section 6.1(a)(iii), (iv) or (vii) will not constitute an Event of Default until
the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the default and, with respect to
Section 6.1(a)(iii) or (vii) the Issuers do not cure such default within the time specified in Section 6.1(a)(iii) or
(vii), as applicable, after receipt of such notice; provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action
taken, and reported publicly or to Holders more than two years prior to such notice of Default. Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration
or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other action (a “Noteholder
Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders (each a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written
representation from each such Holder delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is
DTC or its nominee, that such Holder is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”),
which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to the delivery of a notice of Default (a “Default Direction”)
shall be deemed a continuing representation until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are
accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder is deemed, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, to covenant to provide the
Issuers with such other information as the Issuers may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Noteholder’s
Position Representation within five Business Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which
the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial
owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee and DTC shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Position Representation and Verification
Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

 

    80

     

    

 

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to
acceleration of the Notes, the Issuers determine in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at
any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the
Issuers have initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such
time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder
Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of
Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent
jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuers
provide to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the
cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted
from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending satisfaction of such Verification
Covenant. Any breach of the Position Representation shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being
disregarded; and, if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such
Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void
ab initio (other than any indemnification such Holder may have offered to the Trustee), with the effect that such Event of Default shall
be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or
any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.1(b),
any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar
proceeding shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively
rely on any Noteholder Direction delivered to it in accordance with this Indenture, shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate
the accuracy of any Position Representation, enforce compliance with any Verification Covenant, verify any statements in any Officer’s
Certificate delivered to it, or otherwise make calculations, investigations or determinations with respect to Derivative Instruments,
Net Shorts, Long Derivative Instruments, Short Derivative Instruments or otherwise. The Trustee shall have no liability to the Issuers,
any Holder or any other Person in acting in good faith on a Noteholder Direction.

 

    81

     

    

 

Section 6.2             Acceleration.

 

(a)            If
an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(v) and (a)(vi)) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to
be immediately due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable
immediately.

 

In the event of any Event of Default specified
in Section 6.1(a)(iv), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically
and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

(i)            (x)        the
Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full; or

 

(y)           the
holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default;
or

 

(z)            if
the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

(b)            If
an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(v) and (a)(vi) occurs and is continuing, the principal of
and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other
act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

If a default for a failure to report or failure
to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such
Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another
default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action and any Default or Event of
Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 3.6 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate
pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant
or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.
Any time period in this Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default may be extended or stayed by a court of competent
jurisdiction.

 

Section 6.3             Other
Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy
by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

    82

     

    

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it
does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

 

Section 6.4             Waiver
of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee
may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
this Indenture except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default
or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder
affected and (b) rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict
with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except
nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (3) to the extent the
payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, premium, if any, and overdue principal, which has become
due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (4) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its compensation and
reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event
of Default of the type described Section 6.1(a)(iv), the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default
or impair any right consequent thereto. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend
to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

 

Section 6.5             Control
by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or the Notes or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2,
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders (provided that the Trustee has no duty to determine whether
any action is prejudicial to any Holder) or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the
Trustee has no duty to determine whether any action is prejudicial to any Holder; provided, further, that the Trustee may
take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee will be under no obligation
to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have
offered (and if requested, provided) to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

 

    83

     

    

 

Section 6.6             Limitation
on Suits. Subject to Section 6.7, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(i)            such
Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(ii)           Holders
of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(iii)          such
Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(iv)          the
Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity;
and

 

(v)           the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion
of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice
the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not
have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

Section 6.7             [Reserved].

 

Section 6.8             Collection
Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due
and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest, if any, to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.

 

Section 6.9             Trustee
May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable
in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, their Subsidiaries
or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered
to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any
election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

 

    84

     

    

 

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed
to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10           Priorities.

 

(a)            If
the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following
order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due to it under
Section 7.7;

 

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on
the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts
due and payable on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD: to the Issuers, or to the extent the Trustee
collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

 

(b)            The
Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days
before such record date, the Issuers shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date,
the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

Section 6.11           Undertaking
for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking
to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees
and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuers, a suit by a Holder pursuant
to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

    85

     

    

 

 

Article VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.1            Duties
of Trustee.

 

(a)            If
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested
in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)            Except
during the continuance of an Event of Default that is known to the Trustee:

 

 (i)            the
Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth as duties of the Trustee in this Indenture
or the Notes and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

 (ii)            in
the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the
opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or
not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy
of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)            The
Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

 

 (i)            this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;

 

 (ii)           the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly
negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

 (iii)          the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and

 

    86

     

    

 

(d)            No
provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability
in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable
grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(e)            Every
provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.1.

 

(f)            The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

 

(g)            Money
held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(h)            Every
provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject
to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

Section 7.2            Rights
of Trustee.

 

Subject to Section 7.1:

 

(i)            The
Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile
form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate
any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuers as provided
herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations
of the Issuers.

 

(ii)            Before
the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall
not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(iii)           The
Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its attorneys
and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

    87

     

    

 

(iv)          The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights
or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(v)            The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or the Notes shall
be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or
under the Notes in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(vi)          The
Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a
Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which
is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee
specified in Section 3.7, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(vii)         The
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified,
are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other
Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(viii)         The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the Notes at the request,
order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered, and if
requested, provided to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred
therein or thereby.

 

(ix)           The
Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is actually known to a Trust Officer of
the Trustee.

 

(x)            Whenever
in the administration of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior
to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed)
may, in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.

 

(xi)           The
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion,
may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make
such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records
and premises of the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall
incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

    88

     

    

 

(xii)         The
Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

(xiii)        The
Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(xiv)        In
no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any
kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or
damage.

 

(xv)         Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed
by one Officer of each of the Issuers.

 

(xvi)        The
permissive rights of the Trustee under this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

 

Section 7.3     Individual
Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar,
co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and Section 7.11.
In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers and their Affiliates and Subsidiaries.

 

Section 7.4     Trustee’s
Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture
or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible
for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuers pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued
in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

    89

     

    

 

Section 7.5     Notice
of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee
shall send electronically or by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register notice of the Default
or Event of Default within 60 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default
in payment of principal of, or Premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required
repurchase provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding
the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

Section 7.6     [Reserved].

 

Section 7.7     Compensation
and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes
as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any
law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other
documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee. The Issuers shall jointly and severally indemnify
the Trustee against any and all fees, loss, liability, damages, claims or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon the income
of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful misconduct
or gross negligence, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, on its part in connection with the administration of this trust
and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes, including the fees, costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including
this Section 7.7) and the Notes and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or
otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written
notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall
defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. The Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers shall not be required
to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside
counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense.

 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations
in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee.
Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s respective right to receive payment of any
amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuers.

 

    90

     

    

 

The Issuers’ payment obligations pursuant
to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and any resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice
to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs fees, expenses or renders services after the
occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(v) or (a)(vi), the fees and expenses (including the reasonable
fees and expenses of its counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 7.8     Replacement
of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective
date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed
Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s
written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(i)            the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(ii)           the
Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(iii)          a
receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(iv)          the
Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company
or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee
as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event
being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance
of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee
shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Company, promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within
60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the
Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

    91

     

    

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10,
any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit
of the retiring Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.9     Successor
Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate
trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

In case at the time such successor or successors
by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have
been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor
trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor
to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee;
provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name
of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

 

Section 7.10     Eligibility;
Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of
the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million (or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank or trust company, or of a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is
a bank or trust company having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million) as set forth in its most recent published annual
report of condition.

 

Section 7.11     [Reserved].

 

    92

     

    

 

Section 7.12     Trustee’s
Application for Instruction from the Issuers. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuers may, at the
option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date
on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action
taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such
application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually receives such application,
unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective
date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the
action to be taken or omitted.

 

Article VIII

 

LEGAL
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.1     Option
to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance. The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either
Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this
Article VIII.

 

Section 8.2     Legal
Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.2, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4
hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees)
on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For
this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only
for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below,
and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written
demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments reasonably requested by the Issuers acknowledging the same)
and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated
or discharged hereunder:

 

(i)            the
rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4 hereof;

 

(ii)           the
Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of
such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.7 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency
for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

    93

     

    

 

(iii)          the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith;
and

 

(iv)          this
Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to Legal Defeasance.

 

Subject to compliance with this Section 8.2,
the Issuers may exercise their option under Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3
hereof.

 

Section 8.3            Covenant
Defeasance. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3,
the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof,
be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5,
3.6, 3.14, 3.15 and Section 4.1 (except Section 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)) hereof
with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the
purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with
such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and
shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly,
by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision
herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1
hereof, but, except as specified in this Section, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected
thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(a)(iii) (solely with
respect to the defeased covenants listed above), 6.1(a)(iv), 6.1(a)(v) (with respect only to the Company and a Guarantor
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(vi) (with
respect only to the Company and a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(vii) and 6.1(a)(viii) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.4            Conditions
to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.2
or 8.3 hereof:

 

    94

     

    

 

(i)            the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust (the “Defeasance Trust”), for the benefit of the Holders,
cash in dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes issued under
this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether
such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date, provided, that upon any redemption that requires the payment
of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited
with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption; and any deficit as of the date
of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) shall only be required to be deposited with the Trustee
on or prior to the date of redemption;

 

(ii)            in
the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that,
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions;

 

(1)            the
Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(2)            since
the issuance of such Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

 

in either case stating that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel
in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders and beneficial owners of the Notes,
in their capacity as Holders and beneficial owners of the Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(iii)           in
the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions, stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders and beneficial owners
of the Notes, in their capacity as Holders and beneficial owners of the Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(iv)          no
Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens
in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

    95

     

    

 

(v)           such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities
or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which
the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(vi)          the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the
intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Company;

 

(vii)         for
any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate not less than two Business Days prior to the deposit of any Applicable Premium Deficit that (i) sets forth such Applicable
Premium Deficit and (ii) confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption; and

 

(viii)        the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.5
             Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in
Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5,
the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in
trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee
against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4
hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII
to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government
Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof),
are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

    96

     

    

 

Section 8.6            Repayment
to the Issuers. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any,
or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on its written request unless an abandoned property law designates
another Person or (if then held by the Issuers) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted
to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease;
provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the
expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that
such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification
or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.

 

Section 8.7             Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2
or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining
or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3
hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2
or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

Article IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1            Without
Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to its Guarantee
or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend, supplement or modify this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes without the consent of
any Holder:

 

    97

     

    

 

(i)            to
cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to any provision under the heading “Description
of Notes,” in the Offering Memorandum or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

 

(ii)           to
provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Issuer or a Guarantor under any Note Document;

 

(iii)          to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(iv)          to
add to or modify the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(v)           to
make any change (including changing the CUSIP or other identifying number on any Notes) that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holder or that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

(vi)          at
the Company’s election, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act, if such qualification is required;

 

(vii)         to
make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) for the issuance of Additional Notes;

 

(viii)        to
provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 3.2, to add Guarantees with respect
to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking
of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under
this Indenture;

 

(ix)           to
evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements hereof
or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document;

 

(x)            to
make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture,
including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that compliance
with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities
law;

 

    98

     

    

 

(xi)           to
comply with the rules and procedures of any applicable securities depositary; or

 

(xii)          to
make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture, the Guarantees and/or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any Accounting Change
or in the application thereof as described in the last paragraph of the definition of “GAAP.”

 

Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request
of the Issuers, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee
will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental
indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may
in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 9.2            With
Consent of Holders.

 

(a)            Except
as provided in this Section 9.2, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Note Documents with
the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and issued under this Indenture,
including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and,
subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration
that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Note Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with
a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). Section 2.12 hereof and Section 12.6 hereof shall
determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2.

 

Upon the request of the Issuers, and upon the filing
with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described
in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended
or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental Indenture.

 

(b)            Without
the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes issued thereunder
and held by a nonconsenting Holder:

 

    99

     

    

 

(i)            reduce
the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

(ii)           reduce
the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.5);

 

(iii)          reduce
the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.5);

 

(iv)          reduce
the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as set
forth in Section 5.7;

 

(v)           make
any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

 

(vi)          impair
the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes
on or after the due dates therefor;

 

(vii)         waive
a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that
resulted from such acceleration); or

 

(viii)        make
any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section 9.2.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the
Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of
the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

 

Section 9.3     [Reserved].

 

Section 9.4     Revocation
and Effect of Consents and Waivers. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder
of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the
Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement
or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

    100

     

    

 

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to,
fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described in this
Section or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately
preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall
be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue
to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

 

Section 9.5     Notation
on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter
authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers Order, authenticate
new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect
the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.6     Trustee
to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX
if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any
amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof)
shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.4 hereof, an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted
by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuers or any Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with
its terms.

 

    101

     

    

 

Article X

 

GUARANTEE

 

Section 10.1     Guarantee.
Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as
primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee
the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuers under this Indenture (including without limitation
interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding,
relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding
and the obligations under Section 7.7) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed
Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness
of such Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations
of the Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness.

 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1,
each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee
set forth in Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any
notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture
no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted
by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and
that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of
payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor
waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee
herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort
be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Except as set forth in Section 10.2,
the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason
(other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise,
and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed
Obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or
any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification
of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any
Holder for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor;
(f) any change in the ownership of the Issuers; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance
of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might
in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter
of law or equity.

 

    102

     

    

 

Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein
shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee
in compliance with Section 10.2, Article VIII or Article XI. Each Guarantor further agrees that its
Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder
upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation
of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to
pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise,
each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash,
to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations
then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent
not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency,
reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest
is allowed in such proceeding).

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between
such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby
may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such
declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith
become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

 

    103

     

    

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all fees,
costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under
this Section.

 

Section 10.2          Limitation
on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.

 

(a)            Any
term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to
any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under
its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal, foreign or state law and not otherwise being
void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

(b)            Any
Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(i)            other
than in the case of Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company, a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation
or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other
than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture,

 

(ii)            the
designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which
the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(iii)           defeasance
or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Articles VIII or XI, or

 

(iv)           to
the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial
Subsidiary,” upon the release of the Guarantee referred to in such clause, or

 

(v)           such
Guarantor being released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Non-Funding Indebtedness
of the Company under all loan facilities and debt securities of the Company (it being understood that a release subject to reinstatement
is considered a release); or

 

    104

     

    

 

(vi)          upon
the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

 

Section 10.3           Right
of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share
of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and
against the Issuers or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3
shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall
remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

 

Section 10.4           No
Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated
to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee
or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be
entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor
hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in
full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations
shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from
other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received
by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Article XI

 

SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.1           Satisfaction
and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

 

(a)            either:

 

(i)            all
Notes that have been authenticated and delivered except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for
whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

    105

     

    

 

 

(ii)            all
such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a
notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity or (iii) are
to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the
Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

 

(b)            the
Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash or
U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness
on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit
(in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; provided,
that, upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes
of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date
of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date
of redemption, and any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not less
than two Business Days prior to the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall
be applied toward such redemption;

 

(c)            no
Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens
in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date
of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute
a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which an Issuer or
any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(d)            the
Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture;

 

(e)            the
Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such notes issued hereunder
at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

 

(f)            the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent
under Article XI relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that
any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with clauses (a), (b) and
(c)).

 

    106

     

    

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture, the provisions of Section 7.7 shall survive, and if money or U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 11.1, the provisions of Sections 11.2 and 8.6 hereof
will survive.

 

Section 11.2       Application
of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1
hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment,
either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to
the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with
the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply
any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason
of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the
rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent.

 

Article XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1       [Reserved].

 

Section 12.2       Notices.
Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes shall be in writing
and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in pdf format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed
by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

    107

     

    

 

if to the Issuers:

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Paul J. Miceli and Kelly Porcella

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

 

with a copy to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Joshua N. Korff

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

 

if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate
trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof located at:

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

The Issuers or the Trustee by written notice to
each other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication to the Issuers or
the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically,
in pdf format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and five calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).
Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt.

 

Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall
be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so sent
within the time prescribed.

 

    108

     

    

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a
Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is sent in the
manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective
only upon receipt.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture
or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a
Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant
to the procedures of DTC or its designee.

 

Section 12.3       [Reserved].

 

Section 12.4       Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to
take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture or the Notes, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish
to the Trustee:

 

(i)      an
Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion
of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture or the Notes relating to the proposed action have been
satisfied; and

 

(ii)     an
Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with.

 

Section 12.5       Statements
Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided
for in this Indenture or the Notes shall include:

 

(i)      a
statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(ii)     a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii)    a
statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

    109

     

    

 

(iv)   a
statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with. In giving such
Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

Section 12.6       When
Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction,
waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding,
except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing,
only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

Section 12.7       Rules by
Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar
and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 12.8       Legal
Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized
or required to be closed in New York, New York or the jurisdiction of the place of payment. If a payment date or redemption date is a
Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

Section 12.9       Governing
Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.10     Jurisdiction.
The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuers or any Guarantor brought by any Holder or
the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in
the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuers and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee
or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof,
in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been
brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought
in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court
to the jurisdiction of which the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment.

 

    110

     

    

 

Section 12.11     Waivers
of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS, AND EACH HOLDER OF NOTES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH NOTES AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

Section 12.12     USA
PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all
financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture
agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT
Act.

 

Section 12.13     No
Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of any Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates, or such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors
under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view
of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

Section 12.14     Successors.
All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements
of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 12.15     Multiple
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together
represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall
constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture
for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for
all purposes.

 

Section 12.16     [Reserved].

 

    111

     

    

 

Section 12.17     Table
of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have
been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any
of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.18     Force
Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder
arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages,
accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions,
loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, or the unavailability of the Federal
Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts
which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 12.19     Severability.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.20     [Reserved].

 

Section 12.21     [Reserved].

 

Section 12.22     Waiver
of Immunities. To the extent that Issuers or any Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter
become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or
proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior
to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding
for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced,
with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the
Notes or the Guarantees, the Issuers and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

Section 12.23     Judgment
Currency. The Issuers and each Guarantor agrees to indemnify the recipient against any loss incurred by such recipient as a result
of any judgment or order being given or made against the Issuers or any Guarantor for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order
being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than United States dollars and as a result
of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency
for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange in The City of New York at which such party on the date
of payment of such judgment or order is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received
by such party if such party had utilized such amount of Judgment Currency to purchase United States dollars as promptly as practicable
upon such party’s receipt thereof. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Issuers
and each Guarantor and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate
of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into,
the relevant currency.

 

[Signature on following pages]

 

    112

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

	 	LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 /s/ Kelly Porcella
	 	Name: Kelly Porcella
	 	Title: Authorized Person
	 	 
	 	LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 /s/ Kelly Porcella
	 	Name: Kelly Porcella
	 	Title: Assistant Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

	 	Each as a Guarantor:
	 	Ladder Capital Corp
	 	Ladder Member Corporation
	 	Ladder Capital Finance Portfolio LLC
	 	Ladder Capital Realty II LLC
	 	Ladder Capital Finance Portfolio II LLC
	 	Ladder Capital Finance LLC
	 	Ladder Capital CRE Equity LLC
	 	Ladder Grace Lake Member LLC
	 	ONP JV Member LLC
	 	LVT JV Member LLC
	 	IOP JV Member LLC
	 	ONP Rooftop JV Member LLC
	 	Series Reit of Ladder Midco LLC
	 	Series TRS of Ladder Midco LLC
	 	Series Reit of Ladder Midco II LLC
	 	Series TRS of Ladder Midco II LLC
	 	Series Reit of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP
	 	Series TRS of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP
	 	LC TRS I LLC
	 	LC TRS III LLC
	 	Ladder Capital Insurance LLC
	 	Grand Rapids JV Member LLC
	 	Pelham JV Member LLC
	 	Tuebor TRS IV LLC
	 	Lithia Springs JV Member LLC
	 	Isla Vista JV Member LLC
	 	La Cienega JV Member LLC
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 /s/ Kelly Porcella

	 	Name:     	Kelly Porcella                  
	 	Title:	 Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel 

and/or Authorized Person

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

	 	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Barry D. Somrock
	 	Name: Barry D. Somrock
	 	Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED NOTE]

 

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

 

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

	No. [___]	Principal Amount $[___________]
	 	 
	 	(as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in
Global Notes attached hereto)
	 	 
	 	CUSIP NO. _________________________

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

 

and

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

4.750% Senior Notes due 2029

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware
limited liability limited partnership, and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally, promise
to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of _______________ dollars (as revised by the Schedule of
Increases and Decreases in Global Notes attached hereto), on June 15, 2029.

 

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15,
commencing on December 15, 2021

 

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth
on the other side of this Note.

 

    

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this
instrument to be duly executed.

 

	 	LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:
	 	 
	 	LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

    A-2

     

    

 

TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	 	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                                            as Trustee

	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

Dated: _____________________

 

    A-3

     

    

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

and

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

4.750% Senior Notes due 2029

 

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined
herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

 

1.            Interest

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware
limited liability limited partnership, and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally, promise
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 4.750% per annum from June 23, 2021, until maturity. The Issuers will pay
interest semi-annually in arrears every June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on
the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, that the first
Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2021. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein,
and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.            Method
of Payment

 

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City
time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with
the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium and interest when due. Interest on any
Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name
such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding June 1 and December 1
at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal
of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by
the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such
other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided,
however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses
of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located
in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented
by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to
the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive
Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes
represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United
States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating
such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept
in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date or a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding
day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday,
the record date shall not be affected.

 

3.            Paying
Agent and Registrar

 

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust,
National Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar
or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

 

    A-4

     

    

 

4.            Indenture

 

The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture,
dated as of June 23, 2021 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”),
among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and
provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. If any term in this Note conflicts
with the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall govern and control.

 

5.            [Reserved]

 

6.            [Reserved]

 

7.            Redemption

 

(a)            At
any time prior to June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 10 nor
more than 60 days’ prior notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to
each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the
date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date
to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)            At
any time and from time to time on or after June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at their option,
upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal
amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve month period
beginning on June 15 of the year set forth below:

 

	Redemption period	 	Price	 
	2024	 	 	102.375	%
	2025	 	 	101.188	%
	2026 and thereafter	 	 	100.000	%

 

(c)            At
any time and from time to time prior to June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers
from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 104.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the
Redemption Date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount
of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days
after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and (2) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries), unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the
manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer, if Holders of not less than 90%
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers,
or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by
such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given
not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption
price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee) in such tender offer plus, to the
extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of such redemption.

 

    A-5

     

    

 

(e)            Unless
the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

 

(f)            Any
redemption pursuant to this paragraph shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

 

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuers
may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time
to time purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

 

8.             Repurchase
Provisions

 

If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs,
each Holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to a minimum of $2,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase; provided that if the
repurchase date is on or after the record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, then Holders in whose name
the Notes are registered at the close of business on such record date will receive interest on the repurchase date as provided in, and
subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

 

9.             Denominations;
Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered
form in denominations of minimum principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer
or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements
or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Neither the
Issuers nor the Registrar need register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before
the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15
days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

10.           Persons
Deemed Owners

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated
as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11.           [Reserved]

 

12.           Discharge
and Defeasance

 

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set
forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the
Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, and interest due on the
Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

13.            Amendment,
Supplement, Waiver

 

Subject to certain exceptions contained in the
Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and
the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture.

 

    A-6

     

    

 

14.           Defaults
and Remedies

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of
Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers
and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and any other monetary obligations on
all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, if any,
and other monetary obligations will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain
Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations
on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration
with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

 

15.           Trustee
Dealings with the Issuers

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the
Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In addition, the Trustee shall be
permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers.

 

16.           No
Recourse Against Others

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or
shareholder of the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have
any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

17.           Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized
signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other
side of this Note.

 

18.           Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with
rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19.           CUSIP
and ISIN Numbers

 

The Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers,
if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption
or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes
or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20.           Governing
Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

    A-7

     

    

 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written
request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Paul J. Miceli and Kelly Porcella

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

 

    A-8

     

    

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address
and zip code)
	 
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax
I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint ___________ agent to transfer this Note on
the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

	Date:	Your Signature:	 
	 	 	 

 

	Signature Guarantee:	 
	(Signature must be guaranteed)
	 
	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee
medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

The
undersigned hereby certifies that it  ̈ is /  ̈
is not an Affiliate of the Issuers and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee  ̈
is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of
any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance
of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned
confirms that such Notes are being:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

		(1)	 ̈	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

 

		(2)	 ̈	transferred to the Issuers; or

 

		(3)	 ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”); or

 

		(4)	 ̈	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

		(5)	 ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

		(6)	 ̈	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
the Securities Act) or an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act), that has
furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.8
or 2.10 of the Indenture, respectively); or

 

    A-9

     

    

 

 

		(7)	 ̈	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register
any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however,
that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its
sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such
transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

	 	 	 
	 	 	Signature

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

	 	 	 
	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 	Signature

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion
program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it
is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and
any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information
regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and
that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption
from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

	 	 
	 	Dated:

 

    A-10 

     

    

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES

 

The following increases or decreases in this Global
Note have been made:

 

	
    Date of Exchange
	 	
    Amount of decrease

 in Principal Amount
    

of this Global Note
	 	
    Amount of increase

 in Principal Amount
    

of this Global Note
	 	
    Principal Amount of 

this Global Note

    following such 

decrease or increase
	 	
    Signature of 

authorized signatory

    of Trustee or Notes

 Custodian

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    A-11 

     

    

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the
Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Indenture, check the box:

 

Section 3.5
 ̈

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this
Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations
of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $___________________________________ and specify the denomination or denominations
(which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within
Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):
_________________.

 

Date: __________ Your Signature ____________________________________________________ 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the
Note)

 

Signature Guarantee: _______________________________________________________________ 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion
program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

    A-12 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “Supplemental
Indenture”) dated as of __________ ___, 20___, by and among the parties that are signatories hereto as Guarantors (the “Guaranteeing
Subsidiary”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

 

W
I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers and the Trustee have
heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of June 23, 2021 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified,
the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $650.0 million of 4.750% Senior Notes
due 2029 (the “Notes) of the Issuers (as defined in the Indenture);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to which the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, all of the Issuers’ Obligations
under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”);
and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of
the Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or
supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers,
the other Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1.     Defined
Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein
as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used
in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

ARTICLE II

 

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE

 

SECTION 2.1.     Agreement
to be Bound. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights
and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.2.     Guarantee.
The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably
Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on
a senior basis.

 

     

     

    

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 3.1.     Notices.
All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set
forth below, with a copy to the Issuers as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Issuers.

 

SECTION 3.2.     Merger
and Consolidation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or
consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes
a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with Section 4.1(d) of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.3.     Release
of Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.4.     Parties.
Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders
and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or
any provision herein or therein contained.

 

SECTION 3.5.     Governing
Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

SECTION 3.6.     Severability.
In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent
of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 

SECTION 3.7.     Benefits
Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The
Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by
the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made
in contemplation of such benefits.

 

SECTION 3.8.     Ratification
of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects
ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture
shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall
be bound hereby.

 

SECTION 3.9.     The
Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with
respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

 

SECTION 3.10.   Counterparts.
The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile
or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may
be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or
PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

SECTION 3.11.   Execution
and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure
to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee.

 

    B-2 

     

    

 

SECTION 3.12.   Headings.
The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed
to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

    B-3 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

	 	[Subsidiary Guarantor],
	 	as a Guarantor
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name: 
	 	 	Title:
	 	 
	 	 
	 	[ADDRESS FOR NOTICES]

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

Acknowledged by:

 

 

	LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP	 
	 	 
	 	 
	By:	 	 
	 	Name: 	 
	 	Title:	 

 

 

	LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION	 
	 	 
	 	 
	By:	 	 
	 	Name: 	 
	 	Title:	 

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 	as Trustee
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name: 
	 	 	Title:

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]Exhibit
4.1

 

NEITHER
THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THIS SECURITY IS CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR
TO SUCH EFFECT, THE SUBSTANCE OF WHICH SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY. THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON
CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.

 

Original
Issue Date: February 17, 2021

 

Original
Principal Amount: ________

 

Purchase
Price: ________

 

ORIGINAL
ISSUE DISCOUNT SENIOR SECURED

 

CONVERTIBLE
PROMISSORY NOTE

 

DUE
February 17, 2024

 

THIS
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT SENIOR SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE is a duly authorized and validly issued debt obligation of Madison
Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company” or the “Borrower”), having its principal
place of business at 450 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, designated as its Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Promissory
Note due February 17, 2024 (the “Note”).

 

FOR
VALUE RECEIVED, the Company promises to pay to __________ or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), or shall have
paid pursuant to the terms hereunder, the principal sum of _______ and any other sums due hereunder on February 17, 2024 (the “Maturity
Date”), or such earlier date as this Note is required or permitted to be repaid as provided hereunder, and to pay interest
to the Holder on the aggregate unconverted and then outstanding principal amount of this Note in accordance with the provisions hereof.
This Note is subject to the following additional provisions:

 

Section
1. Definitions. For the purposes hereof, in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Note, (a) capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement and (b) the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

 

“Alternate
Conversion Price” means 75% of the average VWAP of the Common Stock for the five (5) Trading Days on the Trading Market immediately
preceding the date of conversion; provided, however, that the Alternate Conversion Price may not exceed $0.015 per share, as adjusted
pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

    	-1-

     

    

 

“Bankruptcy
Event” means any of the following events: (a) any Obligor commences a case or other proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction relating
to such Obligor, (b) there is commenced against any Obligor any such case or proceeding that is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement,
(c) any Obligor is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered,
(d) any Obligor suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property that is not discharged
or stayed within 60 calendar days after such appointment, (e) any Obligor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f)
any Obligor calls a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition, adjustment or restructuring of its debts or (g)
any Obligor, by any act or failure to act, expressly indicates its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any of the foregoing or
takes any corporate or other action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

 

“Base
Conversion Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

 

“Beneficial
Ownership Limitation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d).

 

“Business
Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day
on which the New York Federal Reserve Bank is closed.

 

“Buy-In”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(v).

 

“Change
of Control Transaction” means the occurrence after the date hereof of any of the following: (a) an acquisition after the date
hereof by an individual or legal entity or “group” (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of in
excess of fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the Company (other than by means of conversion or exercise of the Note), (b)
the Company merges into or consolidates with any other Person, or any Person merges into or consolidates with the Company and, after
giving effect to such transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than fifty-one percent
(51%) of the aggregate voting power of the Company or the successor entity of such transaction, (c) the Company sells or transfers all
or substantially all of its assets to another Person and the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less
than fifty-one percent (51%) of the aggregate voting power of the acquiring entity immediately after the transaction, (d) a replacement
at one time or within a three year period of more than one-half of the members of the Board of Directors which is not approved by a majority
of those individuals who are members of the Board of Directors on the Original Issue Date (or by those individuals who are serving as
members of the Board of Directors on any date whose nomination to the Board of Directors was approved by a majority of the members of
the Board of Directors who are members on the date hereof), or (e) the execution by the Company of an agreement to which the Company
is a party or by which it is bound, providing for any of the events set forth in clauses (a) through (d) above.

 

    	-2-

     

    

 

“Conversion
Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

“Conversion
Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b). References to “Conversion Price” herein may refer
to the Alternate Conversion Price and/or the Base Conversion Price, where appropriate, based on the terms set forth herein.

 

“Conversion
Shares” means, collectively, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note in accordance with the terms
hereof.

 

“Distribution”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d).

 

“Event
of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

“Late
Fees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).

 

“Mandatory
Default Amount” means either, at the Holder’s discretion (i) the conversion of the outstanding principal amount of this
Note, and, at the Holder’s election, all accrued and unpaid interest hereon, converted at the Alternate Conversion Price, or (ii)
the payment of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and accrued and unpaid interest hereon, in addition to, for both
(i) and (ii) above, the payment in cash of all other amounts, costs, expenses and liquidated damages due in respect of this Note and
the other Transaction Documents. In the event the Holder makes the election described in (i) above but does not elect to receive Conversion
Shares in respect of all accrued and unpaid interest on the Note, all accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Holder in cash
no later than the date the Conversion Shares are required to be delivered to the Holder.

 

“New
York Courts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

“Note
Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

 

“Notice
of Conversion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

“Original
Issue Date” means the date of the first issuance of the Note, as set forth on the first page hereof, regardless of any transfers
of any Note and regardless of the number of instruments which may be issued to evidence such Note.

 

“Purchase
Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2021, by and among the Company, the Holder and
the other Purchasers from time to time party thereto, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

“Purchase
Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

 

    	-3-

     

    

 

“Required
Minimum” means, as of any date after receipt of the Shareholder Approval, the number of shares of Common Stock that equals
the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock as shall be issuable (taking into account the adjustments of Section 5) upon the
conversion of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes and payment of interest hereunder and thereunder. The initial reserve
shall be 1,165,800,000 shares of Common Stock.

 

“Share
Delivery Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(ii).

 

Section
2. Interest, Prepayment, Redemption and Put Provisions.

 

a)
Payment of Interest in Cash.

 

i.
The Company shall pay interest to the Holder on the aggregate unconverted and then outstanding principal amount of this Note at the rate
of eleven percent (11%) per annum, payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning on the first such date after
the Original Issue Date, on each Conversion Date (as to that principal amount then being converted), and on the Maturity Date (each such
date, an “Interest Payment Date”) (if any Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the applicable payment
shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day), in cash. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Company shall pay interest
to the Holder on the aggregate unconverted and then outstanding principal amount of this Note at the rate of twenty percent (20%) per
annum (the “Default Rate”).

 

ii.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (i) above, at the Company’s election, interest payable on any Interest
Payment Date may be paid in registered Common Stock of the Company (rather than cash) in an amount equal (A) the amount of the interest
payment due on such date, divided by (B) an amount equal to 80% of the average VWAP of the Common Stock for the five (5) Trading Days
on the Trading Market immediately preceding the date of conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest at the Default Rate shall
not be permitted to be paid in registered Common Stock of the Company, but shall be paid exclusively in cash.

 

b)
Intentionally Omitted.

 

c)
Interest Calculations. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30 calendar day periods,
and shall accrue daily commencing on the Original Issue Date until payment in full of the outstanding principal, together with all accrued
and unpaid interest, liquidated damages and other amounts which may become due hereunder, has been made. Interest shall cease to accrue
with respect to any principal amount converted, provided that the Company actually delivers the Conversion Shares within the time
period required by Section 4(c)(ii) herein. Interest hereunder will be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered
on the records of the Company regarding registration and transfers of this Note (the “Note Register”).

 

    	-4-

     

    

 

d)
All overdue accrued and unpaid interest to be paid hereunder shall incur a late fee at an interest rate equal to the lesser of 20% per
annum (the “Late Fees”) which shall accrue daily from the date such interest is due hereunder through and including
the date of actual payment in full.

 

e)
Optional Redemption. The Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Note.

 

Section
3. Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.

 

a)
Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations,
as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be payable for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

b)
Investment Representations. This Note has been issued subject to certain investment representations of the original Holder set
forth in the Purchase Agreement and may be transferred or exchanged only in compliance with the Purchase Agreement and applicable federal
and state securities laws and regulations.

 

c)
Reliance on Note Register. Prior to due presentment for transfer to the Company of this Note, the Company and any agent of the
Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is duly registered on the Note Register as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving
payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent
shall be affected by notice to the contrary. The Company shall update the Note Register to reflect permitted transferees and assignees
of the Note.

 

Section
4. Conversion.

 

a)
At any time after the Original Issue Date until this Note is no longer outstanding, this Note shall be convertible, in whole or in part,
into shares of Common Stock at the option of the Holder, at any time and from time to time (subject to the conversion limitations set
forth in Section 4(d) hereof). The Holder shall effect conversions by delivering to the Company a Notice of Conversion, the form
of which is attached hereto as Annex A (each, a “Notice of Conversion”), specifying therein the principal amount
of this Note, and amount of accrued and unpaid interest (if any), to be converted and the date on which such conversion shall be effected
(such date, the “Conversion Date”). If no Conversion Date is specified in a Notice of Conversion, the Conversion Date
shall be the date that such Notice of Conversion is deemed delivered hereunder. To effect conversions hereunder, the Holder shall not
be required to physically surrender this Note to the Company unless the entire principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, has been so converted. Conversions hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding principal amount of
this Note in an amount equal to the applicable conversion. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the principal amount(s)
converted and the date of such conversion(s). The Company may deliver an objection to any Notice of Conversion within two Business Days
of delivery of such Notice of Conversion, stating the basis of such objection and citing the relevant Section of the Note upon which
such objection is based. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy, the Company and the Holder shall work to resolve such dispute or
discrepancy to the mutual satisfaction of both parties. The Holder, and any assignee by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree
that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following conversion of a portion of this Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal
amount of this Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

    	-5-

     

    

 

b)
Conversion Price. Except as expressly set forth herein, the conversion price in effect on any Conversion Date shall be equal to
the lesser of: (i) the amount determined by dividing (A) $50,000,000, by (B) the total number of shares of preferred stock, Common Stock
and Common Stock Equivalents outstanding on such Conversion Date (assuming full conversion or exercise of all then issued and outstanding
securities of the Company that are exercisable for or convertible into such equity securities of the Company) and (ii) $1.00, subject
to adjustment herein (the “Conversion Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the continuance of
any Event of Default, the Conversion Price in effect shall be equal to the Alternate Conversion Price. If at any time the Conversion
Price as determined hereunder for any conversion would be less than the par value of the Common Stock, then at the sole discretion of
the Holder, the Conversion Price hereunder may equal such par value for such conversion and the Conversion Price for such conversion
may be increased to include Additional Principal, where “Additional Principal” means such additional amount to be added to
the principal amount of this Note to the extent necessary to cause the number of conversion shares issuable upon such conversion to equal
the same number of conversion shares as would have been issued had the Conversion Price not been adjusted by the Holder to the par value
price. In the event the Borrower has a DTC “Chill” on its shares, the Holder may convert the Note at the Alternate Conversion
Price while that “Chill” is in effect. All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock
split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction that proportionately decreases or increases the Common Stock during
such measuring period.

 

c)
Mechanics of Conversion.

 

i.
Conversion Shares Issuable Upon Conversion of Principal Amount. The number of Conversion Shares issuable upon a conversion hereunder
shall be determined by the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of this Note to be converted by (y) the
Conversion Price.

 

ii.
Delivery of Certificate Upon Conversion. Not later than three Trading Days after each Conversion Date (the “Share Delivery
Date”), the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Holder (A) a certificate or certificates representing the
Conversion Shares representing the number of Conversion Shares being acquired upon the conversion of this Note and (B) a bank check in
the amount of accrued and unpaid interest (unless the Holder has elected to receive Conversion Shares for the accrued and unpaid interest).

 

    	-6-

     

    

 

iii.
Failure to Deliver Certificates. If, in the case of any Notice of Conversion, such certificate or certificates are not delivered
to or as directed by the applicable Holder by the Share Delivery Date, the Holder shall be entitled to elect by written notice to the
Company at any time on or before its receipt of such certificate or certificates, to rescind such Notice of Conversion, ab initio,
in which event the Company shall promptly return to the Holder any original Note delivered to the Company and the Holder shall promptly
return to the Company the Common Stock certificates issued to such Holder pursuant to the rescinded Notice of Conversion.

 

iv.
Obligation Absolute; Partial Liquidated Damages. The Company’s obligations to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares upon
conversion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by
the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any
Person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged
breach by the Holder or any other Person of any obligation to the Company or any violation or alleged violation of law by the Holder
or any other Person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Company to the Holder
in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares; provided, however, that such delivery shall not operate as a
waiver by the Company of any such action the Company may have against the Holder. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the
Holder such certificate or certificates pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii) by the Share Delivery Date, the Company shall pay to the
Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of principal amount being converted $5 per Trading Day (increasing
to $10 per Trading Day on the fifth (5th) Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day
after such Share Delivery Date until such certificates are delivered or Holder rescinds such conversion. Nothing herein shall limit the
Holder’s right to pursue actual damages or declare an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6 hereof for the Company’s
failure to deliver Conversion Shares within the period specified herein and the Holder shall have the right to pursue all remedies available
to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief. The exercise
of any such rights shall not prohibit the Holder from seeking to enforce damages pursuant to any other Section hereof or under applicable
law.

 

    	-7-

     

    

 

v.
Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Certificates Upon Conversion. In addition to any other rights available to
the Holder, if the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder such certificate or certificates by the Share Delivery Date
pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii), and if after such Share Delivery Date the Holder is required by its brokerage firm to purchase (in
an open market transaction or otherwise), or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver
in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Conversion Shares which the Holder was entitled to receive upon the conversion relating
to such Share Delivery Date (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder (in addition to any
other remedies available to or elected by the Holder) the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including
any brokerage commissions) for the Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the product of (1) the aggregate number of shares of Common
Stock that the Holder was entitled to receive from the conversion at issue multiplied by (2) the actual sale price at which the sell
order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed (including any brokerage commissions) and (B) at the option of the Holder,
either reissue (if surrendered) this Note in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the attempted conversion (in which case
such conversion shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued
if the Company had timely complied with its delivery requirements under Section 4(c)(ii). For example, if the Holder purchases
Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted conversion of this Note with respect
to which the actual sale price of the Conversion Shares (including any brokerage commissions) giving rise to such purchase obligation
was a total of $10,000 under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000.
The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request
of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available
to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect
to the Company’s failure to timely deliver certificates representing shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Note as required
pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

vi.
Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out
of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock a number of shares of Common Stock at least equal to 100% of the Required Minimum
(to be adjusted monthly) for the sole purpose of issuance upon conversion of this Note and payment of interest on this Note, each as
herein provided, free from preemptive rights or any other actual contingent purchase rights of Persons other than the Holder (and the
other holders of the Note). The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock that shall be so issuable shall, upon issue, be duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

vii.
Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of this Note.
As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such conversion, the Company shall at its
election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Conversion
Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

    	-8-

     

    

 

viii.
Transfer Taxes and Expenses. The issuance of certificates for shares of the Common Stock on conversion of this Note shall be made
without charge to the Holder hereof for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery
of such certificates, provided that, the Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer
involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificate upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holder of this Note so
converted and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificates unless or until the Person or Persons requesting
the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company
that such tax has been paid. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Conversion.

 

d)
Holder’s Conversion Limitations. The Company shall not effect any conversion of this Note, and a Holder shall not have the
right to convert any portion of this Note, to the extent that after giving effect to the conversion set forth on the applicable Notice
of Conversion, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or
any of the Holder’s Affiliates) (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)) would beneficially own in excess of the
Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially
owned by the Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of this Note or any portion of this Note with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares
of Common Stock which are issuable upon (i) conversion of the remaining, unconverted principal amount of this Note beneficially owned
by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion
of any other securities of the Company subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein
beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for
purposes of this Section 4(d), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and
the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 4(d) applies, the
determination of whether this Note is convertible (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and
Attribution Parties) and the portion of principal amount (and accrued but unpaid interest) of this Note that is convertible shall be
in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Conversion shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination
of whether this Note may be converted (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and the portion
of principal amount of this Note (and, if applicable, accrued and unpaid interest) that is convertible, in each case subject to the Beneficial
Ownership Limitation. To ensure compliance with this restriction, the Holder will be deemed to represent to the Company each time it
delivers a Notice of Conversion that such Notice of Conversion has not violated the restrictions set forth in this paragraph and the
Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group
status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. For purposes of this Section 4(d), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Holder may
rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as stated in the most recent of the following: (i) the Company’s most
recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (ii) a more recent public announcement by the Company,
or (iii) a more recent written notice delivered by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent to the Holder setting forth the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of the Holder, the Company shall within one Trading Day
confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding
shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including
this Note, by the Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock
outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note held by the
Holder. The Holder may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 4(d), provided that
the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after
giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Note held by the Holder and the Beneficial Ownership
Limitation provisions of this Section 4(d) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not
be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions
of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section
4(d) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership
Limitation contained herein or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation.

 

    	-9-

     

    

 

Section
5. Certain Adjustments.

 

a)
Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Note is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise
makes a distribution or distributions payable in shares of Common Stock on shares of Common Stock or any Common Stock Equivalents (which,
for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon conversion of, or payment of interest
on, the Note), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of
a reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) issues, in the event of a reclassification
of shares of the Common Stock, any shares of capital stock of the Company, then the Conversion Price shall be multiplied by a fraction
of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Company) outstanding immediately
before such event, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event.
Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders
entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision,
combination or re-classification.

 

b)
Subsequent Equity Sales. If, at any time while this Note is outstanding, the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, sells or
grants any option to purchase or sells or grants any right to reprice, or otherwise disposes of or issues (or announces any sale, grant
or any option to purchase or other disposition), any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents entitling any Person to acquire shares
of Common Stock at an effective price per share that is lower than the then Conversion Price (such lower price, the “Base Conversion
Price” and such issuances, collectively, a “Dilutive Issuance”) (if the holder of the Common Stock or Common
Stock Equivalents so issued shall at any time, whether by operation of purchase price adjustments, reset provisions, floating conversion,
exercise or exchange prices or otherwise, or due to warrants, options or rights per share which are issued in connection with such issuance,
be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock at an effective price per share that is lower than the Conversion Price, such issuance
shall be deemed to have occurred for less than the Conversion Price on such date of the Dilutive Issuance), then the Conversion Price
shall be reduced to equal the Base Conversion Price. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents
are issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment will be made under this Section 5(b) in respect of an Exempt Issuance.
For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company engages in an at-the-market offering, the Company shall be deemed to have issued Common Stock
at the lowest sale price at which the Common Stock was sold in such offering. If the Company enters into a Variable Rate Transaction,
despite the prohibition set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have issued Common Stock or Common Stock
Equivalents at the lowest possible conversion price, exercise price or exchange rate (or other price) at which such securities may be
converted into or exchangeable or exercised for. The Company shall notify the Holder in writing, no later than 1 Business Day following
the issuance of any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents subject to this Section 5(b), indicating therein the applicable issuance
price, or applicable reset price, exchange price, conversion price and other pricing terms (such notice, the “Dilutive Issuance
Notice”). For purposes of clarification, whether or not the Company provides a Dilutive Issuance Notice pursuant to this Section
5(b), upon the occurrence of any Dilutive Issuance, the Holder is entitled to receive a number of Conversion Shares based upon the
Base Conversion Price (as adjusted in accordance with Section 5)(a)) on or after the date of such Dilutive Issuance, regardless
of whether the Holder accurately refers to the Base Conversion Price in the Notice of Conversion.

 

c)
Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 5(a) and Section 5(b) above, if
at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other
property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder
will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could
have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this Note (without regard
to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date
on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which
the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided,
however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding
the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial
ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall
be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial
Ownership Limitation).

 

    	-10-

     

    

 

d)
Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Note is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other
distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise
(including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off,
reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”),
at any time after the issuance of this Note, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution
to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable
upon complete exercise of this Note (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial
Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the
date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided,
however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding
the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in
the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution
shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder
exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

e)
Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Note is outstanding, (i) the Company effects any merger or consolidation of
the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company effects any sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one transaction
or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed
pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property, or
(iv) the Company effects any reclassification of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock
is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (in any such case, a “Fundamental Transaction”),
then, upon any subsequent conversion of this Note, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Conversion Share that would have
been issuable upon such conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, the same kind and amount of securities,
cash or property as it would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction if it had been, immediately
prior to such Fundamental Transaction, the holder of 1 share of Common Stock (the “Alternate Consideration”). For
purposes of any such conversion, the determination of the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate
Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of 1 share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction,
and the Company shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative
value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities,
cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration
it receives upon any conversion of this Note following such Fundamental Transaction. To the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing
provisions, any successor to the Company or surviving entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new Note consistent
with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to convert such Note into Alternate Consideration. The terms of
any agreement pursuant to which a Fundamental Transaction is effected shall include terms requiring any such successor or surviving entity
to comply with the provisions of this Section 5(e) and insuring that this Note (or any such replacement security) will be similarly
adjusted upon any subsequent transaction analogous to a Fundamental Transaction.

 

    	-11-

     

    

 

f)
Calculations. All calculations under this Section 5 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share,
as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 5, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as
of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Company) issued and outstanding.

 

g)
Notice to the Holder.

 

i.
Adjustment to Conversion Price. Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 5,
the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder a notice setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth
a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

ii.
Notice to Allow Conversion by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form)
on the Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the
Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares
of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with
any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities,
cash or property or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs
of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion
of this Note, and shall cause to be delivered to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Note Register, at least twenty
(20) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified (or such shorter period as is reasonably possible,
but not less than ten (10) calendar days, if twenty (20) calendar days is not reasonably possible), a notice stating (x) the date on
which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to
be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption,
rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share
exchange is expected to become effective or close, or the date on which the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding
up of the affairs of the Company was authorized, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall
be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon any such reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, share exchange, or voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs
of the Company, provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect
the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes,
or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file
such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K or if it is not subject to the reporting requirements of the
Commission, a press release. The Holder shall remain entitled to convert this Note during the 20-day period commencing on the date of
such notice through the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

    	-12-

     

    

 

Section
6. Events of Default.

 

a)
“Event of Default” means, wherever used herein, any of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and
whether such event shall be voluntary or involuntary or effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of
any court, or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

i.
any default in the payment of (A) the principal amount of the Note or (B) interest, liquidated damages and other amounts owing to the
Holder on the Note, as and when the same shall become due and payable (whether on a Conversion Date or the Maturity Date or by acceleration
or otherwise) which default, solely in the case of an interest payment or other default under clause (B) above, is not cured within five
(5) Trading Days;

 

ii.
the Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in the Note (other than a breach by the Company
of its obligations to deliver shares of Common Stock to the Holder upon conversion, which breach is addressed in clause (xi) below) which
failure is not cured, if possible to cure, within the earlier to occur of (A) five (5) Trading Days after notice of such failure sent
by the Holder to the Company and (B) ten (10) Trading Days after the Company has become or should have become aware of such failure;

 

iii.
a breach, default, event of default or the failure observe or perform any covenant or agreement (subject to any grace or cure period
provided in the applicable agreement, document or instrument) shall occur under (A) any of the Transaction Documents or (B) any other
material agreement, lease, document or instrument to which any Obligor is obligated (and not covered by clause (v) below);

 

iv.
any Obligor experiences a Material Adverse Effect;

 

v.
any Person shall breach any agreement delivered to the initial Holder pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Purchase Agreement;

 

vi.
any representation or warranty made in this Note, any other Transaction Documents, any written statement pursuant hereto or thereto or
any other report, financial statement or certificate made or delivered to the Holder or any other Holder shall be untrue or incorrect
in any material respect (or, to the extent such representation or warranty is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in
any respect) as of the date when made or deemed made;

 

vii.
any Obligor shall default on any of its obligations under any mortgage, credit agreement or other facility, indenture agreement, factoring
agreement or other instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for borrowed
money or money due under any long term leasing or factoring arrangement that (a) involves an obligation greater than $100,000, whether
such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, and (b) results in such indebtedness becoming or being able to be declared
to be due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable;

 

viii.
any Obligor shall be subject to a Bankruptcy Event;

 

ix.
(A) the Common Stock shall not be eligible for listing or quotation for trading, or has been suspended from listing or quotation, on
its Principal Market and shall not resume listing or quotation for trading thereon or on any other Trading Market (other than OTC Pink)
within three (3) Trading Days, or (B) the transfer of shares of Common Stock through the Depository Trust Company System is no longer
available or “chilled”;

 

x.
the Company shall be a party to any Change of Control Transaction or shall agree to sell or dispose of all or in excess of fifty percent
(50%) of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions (whether or not such sale would constitute a Change of Control
Transaction);

 

xi.
the Company shall fail for any reason to deliver certificates to the Holder prior to the fifth Trading Day after a Conversion Date or
the Company shall provide at any time notice to the Holder, including by way of public announcement, of the Company’s intention
to not honor requests for conversions of the Note in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

xii.
the Company fails to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable);

 

    	-13-

     

    

 

xiii.
the occurrence of any levy upon or seizure or attachment of, or any uninsured loss of or damage to, any property of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary having an aggregate fair value or repair cost (as the case may be) in excess of $100,000 individually or in the aggregate,
and any such levy, seizure or attachment shall not be set aside, bonded or discharged within forty-five (45) days after the date thereof;

 

xiv.
any monetary judgment, writ or similar final process shall be entered or filed against any Obligor or any of their respective property
or other assets for more than $100,000, and such judgment, writ or similar final process shall remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed
for a period of forty-five (45) calendar days;

 

xv.
prior to the payment in full and satisfaction of all amounts owed under this Note, any security interest and Lien purported to be created
by any Transaction Document shall cease to be in full force and effect, or shall cease to give the Secured Parties (as defined in the
Security Agreement), the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created and granted under such Transaction Documents (including
a perfected first priority security interest in and Lien on all of the Collateral thereunder (except as otherwise expressly provided
in such Transaction Document)) in favor of the Secured Parties, or shall be asserted by any Obligor or any Affiliate(s) not to be a valid,
perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any such Transaction Document) security interest
in or Lien on the Collateral covered thereby;

 

xvi.
the Company shall enter into any transaction or arrangement structured in accordance with, based
upon, or related or pursuant to, in whole or in part, Section 3(a)(l0) of the Securities Act;

 

xvii.
the Company shall enter into a Variable Rate Transaction;

 

xviii.
any attempt by the Borrower or its officers, directors, and/or affiliates to transmit, convey,
disclose, or any actual transmittal, conveyance, or disclosure by the Borrower or its officers, directors, and/or affiliates of, material
non-public information concerning the Borrower, to the Holder or its successors and assigns, which is not immediately cured by Borrower’s
public disclosure of such information on that same date;

 

xix.
the Initial Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall not have been filed by the Filing Date (as
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) or declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the Effectiveness Date (as defined
in the Registration Rights Agreement);

 

xx.
if, during the Effectiveness Period (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), either (a) the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement lapses for any reason or (b) the Holder shall not be permitted to resell Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration
Rights Agreement) under the Registration Statement for a period of more than 20 consecutive Trading Days or 30 non-consecutive Trading
Days during any 12 month period; provided, however, that if the Company is negotiating a merger, consolidation, acquisition
or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or a similar transaction and, in the written opinion of counsel to the Company, the
Registration Statement would be required to be amended to include information concerning such pending transaction(s) or the parties thereto
which information is not available or may not be publicly disclosed at the time, the Company shall be permitted an additional 10 consecutive
Trading Days during any 12 month period pursuant to this Section;

 

    	-14-

     

    

 

xxi.
the closing of the Subsequent Equity Financing does not occur on or prior to the one (1)-month anniversary of the Closing Date;

 

xxii.
the NRJ Acquisition Closing Date does not occur by May 15, 2021 in accordance with the terms of the NRJ Acquisition Agreement (without
waiver or amendment of any of the terms thereof; provided, that no Event of Default will occur under this clause (xxii) if on
or prior to such date, the Deposit and the Option Payment (each as defined in the NRJ Acquisition Agreement) are returned to the Company
by such date and deposited into the Funding Account;

 

xxiii.
any Individual Guarantor shall breach any provision of the Individual Guaranty or the Individual Pledge Agreement;

 

xxiv.
any License shall be cancelled, terminated, rescinded, revoked, suspended, impaired, otherwise finally denied renewal, or otherwise modified
in a manner that is adverse in any material respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or shall be renewed on terms that could, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be adverse in any material respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; or any License
shall cease to be in full force and effect; or the grant of any License shall have been stayed, vacated or reversed, or modified by judicial
or administrative proceedings; or any administrative law judge or other representative of the FCC shall have issued an initial decision
in any non-comparative License renewal, License revocation or any comparative (multiple applicant) proceeding to the effect that any
License should be revoked or not be renewed; or any other proceeding shall have been instituted by the FCC or shall have been commenced
before any court, the FCC or any other regulatory body that could reasonably be expected to result in (A) cancellation, termination,
rescission, revocation, impairment, suspension or denial of renewal of a License, (B) a modification of a License or a renewal thereof
on terms that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be adverse in any material respect to the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, or (C) a forfeiture (within the meaning of 47 C.F.R. Section 1.80 of the FCC Regulations) of any License;

 

xxv.
any Operating Agreement shall be revoked or terminated or materially, adversely modified and not replaced by a substitute reasonably
acceptable to the Agent within thirty (30) days of such revocation, termination or modification;

 

    	-15-

     

    

 

xxvi.
the Borrower’s on-the-air broadcast operations at any Station shall be interrupted at any time for more than forty-eight (48) hours,
whether or not consecutive, during any period of five (5) consecutive days; or

 

xxvii.
the Company does not receive the Shareholder Approval by May 15, 2021.

 

b)
Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs, at the Holder’s election (i) the outstanding principal amount
of this Note, plus accrued but unpaid interest, liquidated damages and other amounts owing in respect thereof through the date of acceleration,
shall become immediately due and payable in cash pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of Mandatory Default Amount, or (ii) the outstanding
principal amount of this Note, and, if elected by the Holder, all accrued and unpaid interest hereon, shall be converted into share of
Common Stock at the Alternate Conversion Price pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Mandatory Default Amount. In the event
the Holder makes the election described in clause (ii) of this Section above, but does not elect to receive Conversion Shares in respect
of all accrued and unpaid interest on the Note, all accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Holder in cash no later than the
date the Conversion Shares are required to be delivered to the Holder. Commencing on the occurrence of any Event of Default and for as
long an Event of Default is not cured, the interest rate on this Note as set forth in Section 2 above shall accrue at a rate equal
to 20% per annum. Upon the payment in full of the Mandatory Default Amount, the Holder shall promptly surrender this Note to or as directed
by the Company. In connection with such acceleration described herein, the Holder need not provide, and the Company hereby waives, any
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and the Holder may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce
any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such acceleration may be
rescinded and annulled by Holder at any time prior to payment hereunder and the Holder shall have all rights as a holder of the Note
until such time, if any, as the Holder receives full payment pursuant to this Section 6(b). No such rescission or annulment shall
affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent
Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon; and in addition to any other rights and remedies available to the Holder in
an Event of Default, the Conversion Price in effect on any Conversion Date shall be equal to the Alternate Conversion Price, subject
to adjustment herein, without any notice or any action taken by the Holder. The Borrower shall pay the Holder hereof costs of collection,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

Section
7 Negative Covenants. As long as any portion of this Note remains outstanding, unless the Holder shall have otherwise
given prior written consent, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries (whether or not a Subsidiary on the
Original Issue Date) to, directly or indirectly:

 

a)
except for Permitted Indebtedness, enter into, create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist any Indebtedness of any kind, including,
but not limited to, a guarantee, on or with respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest
therein or any income or profits therefrom;

 

    	-16-

     

    

 

b)
except for Permitted Liens, enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect to any of
its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom;

 

c)
amend its charter documents, including, without limitation, its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any documents with respect to
its Indebtedness, or any contract or other agreement material to its business in any manner that materially and adversely affects any
rights of the Holder or amend any provision of the NJR Acquisition Agreement;

 

d)
repay, repurchase or offer to repay, repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents or other
equity interests other than as to (i) the Conversion Shares and the Warrant Shares as permitted or required under the Transaction Documents
and (ii) repurchases of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of departing officers and directors of the Company, provided
that such repurchases shall not exceed an aggregate of $100,000 for all officers and directors during the term of this Note;

 

e)
repay, repurchase or offer to repay, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness, other than the Liabilities, and other than regularly
scheduled principal and interest payments of Permitted Indebtedness as such terms are in effect as of the Original Issue Date, provided
that such payments shall not be permitted if, at such time, or after giving effect to such payment, any Event of Default exist or
occur;

 

f)
pay cash dividends or distributions on any equity securities of the Company;

 

g)
enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the Company unless (i) such transaction (A) is in the ordinary course of such Person’s
business, (B) is made on an arm’s-length basis on terms no less favorable to such Person than would be obtained in a transaction
with a non-Affiliate, (C) expressly approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, and (D) does not involve the
payment or receipt of consideration, or otherwise involve value, in excess of $250,000 and (ii) the Company provides 5 Trading Days prior
written notice to the Purchasers thereof;

 

h)
sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on or after the Original Issue Date (i) for less than fair market value and at
least 75% cash consideration or (ii) having a value in excess of $250,000 during any calendar year;

 

i)
make or suffer to exist any Investments or acquire any assets or business on or after the Original Issue Date (including without limitation,
loans and advances to, and other Investments in, Subsidiaries), or commitments therefor, or to become or remain a partner in any partnership
or joint venture, except for: (i) Investments in cash equivalents made in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Investments in existing
Subsidiaries that have guaranteed the Liabilities and joined the Security Agreement as a debtor pursuant to Section 4.24(b) of
the Purchase Agreement; (iii) the acquisition contemplated by the NRJ Acquisition Agreement; and (iv) other Investments approved in writing
by the Holder and the other Purchasers;

 

j)
pay any compensation that may be due and payable and/or accrued, whether in cash, in kind or any combination thereof, to its executive
officers other than with the proceeds from the issuance of Common Stock of the Company it being understood and agreed that all such compensation
shall be on customary terms for companies of a similar size and stage of development);

 

    	-17-

     

    

 

k)
use any proceeds from the Holder or any other Purchaser to pay any liquidated damages, penalties, fees or other amounts that may be due
and payable under the Note;

 

l)
file any registration statement with respect to any securities issued pursuant to the Subsequent Equity Financing or any Indebtedness
issued after the date hereof, or otherwise cause such securities to become registered with the SEC or under any state securities laws
prior to the registration of the Commitment Shares, the Conversion Shares and the Warrant Shares (or that would have priority in right
of sale over the Commitment Shares, the Conversion Shares or the Warrant Shares);

 

m)
make any material change to the nature of its business (as in effect after giving effect to consummation of the transactions contemplated
by the NRJ Acquisition Agreement);

 

n)
wind-up, liquidate, or dissolve, or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person;

 

o)
enter into, incur or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes
any condition upon the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its
property or revenues, or that requires the grant of any security for an obligation if security is granted for another obligation, except
(i) this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and (ii) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Permitted
Indebtedness described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof (so long as such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property
or assets financed by such Indebtedness);

 

p)
take any action that would cause it become subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
or

 

q)
enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Section
8. Miscellaneous.

 

a)
Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holder hereunder, including, without
limitation, any Notice of Conversion, shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile, electronic mail or sent by a nationally
recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company, at the facsimile number, email address or mailing address set forth on
its signature page hereto, or such other facsimile number, electronic mail or address as the Company may specify for such purposes by
notice to the Holder delivered in accordance with this Section 8(a). Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries
to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by electronic mail, by facsimile, or sent by a
nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to the Holder at the email address, facsimile number or address of the Holder
appearing on the books of the Company, or if no such email address or facsimile number or address appears on the books of the Company,
at the principal place of business of such Holder, as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, or such other facsimile number, electronic
mail or address as the Holder may specify for such purposes by notice to the Company delivered in accordance with this Section 8(a).
Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission,
if such notice or communication is delivered via electronic mail or facsimile prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading
Day, (ii) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via electronic mail or facsimile
on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading Day following
the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom
such notice is required to be given.

 

    	-18-

     

    

 

b)
Absolute Obligation. Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the
Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, liquidated damages and accrued interest, as applicable, on this
Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company.
This Note ranks pari passu with all other Notes now or hereafter issued under the terms set forth herein.

 

c)
Lost or Mutilated Note. If this Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall execute and deliver, in
exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of a mutilated Note, or in lieu of or in substitution for a lost, stolen or destroyed
Note, a new Note for the principal amount of this Note so mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, but only upon receipt of evidence of
such loss, theft or destruction of such Note, and of the ownership hereof, reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

d)
Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note shall be governed
by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflict
of laws thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretation, enforcement and defense of the transactions
contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, directors, officers,
shareholders, employees or agents) shall be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan
(the “New York Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York
Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed
herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not
to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such New York Courts,
or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service
of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified
mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Note and agrees
that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed
to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of
or relating to this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby. If any party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any
provisions of this Note, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its attorneys’
fees and other costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

    	-19-

     

    

 

e)
Waiver. Any waiver by the Company or the Holder of a breach of any provision of this Note shall not operate as or be construed
to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Note. The failure of the Company
or the Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Note on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive
that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Note on any other occasion.
Any waiver by the Company or the Holder must be in writing.

 

f)
Severability. If any provision of this Note is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Note shall remain in effect,
and if any provision is inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and
circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates the applicable law governing
usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum rate of interest permitted under
applicable law. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or
in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit
or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on this Note as contemplated herein, wherever enacted,
now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Note, and the Company (to the extent
it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefits or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to
any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Holder, but will suffer and permit the execution
of every such as though no such law has been enacted.

 

g)
Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief. The remedies provided in this Note shall be cumulative
and in addition to all other remedies available under this Note and any of the other Transaction Documents at law or in equity (including
a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the Holder’s right to pursue actual
and consequential damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Note. The Company covenants to the Holder that
there shall be no characterization concerning this instrument other than as expressly provided herein. Amounts set forth or provided
for herein with respect to payments, conversion and the like (and the computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the
Holder and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof).
The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder and that the remedy
at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach,
the Holder shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any such breach or any such threatened
breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required. The Company shall provide
all information and documentation to the Holder that is requested by the Holder to enable the Holder to confirm the Company’s compliance
with the terms and conditions of this Note.

 

h)
Next Business Day. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment
shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

i)
Headings. The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Note and shall not be deemed
to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

j)
Secured Obligation. The obligations of the Company under this Note are secured by all assets of the Company and each Subsidiary
pursuant to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2021 between the Company, the Subsidiaries of the Company
and the Secured Parties (as defined therein).

 

(Signature
Pages Follow)

 

    	-20-

     

    

 

IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above indicated.

 

	 	MADISON
    TECHNOLOGIES, Inc.
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	Name: 	                                              
	 	Title:	 
	 	 	 
	 	Mailing
    Address for Notices:
	 	 	 
	 	Madison
    Technologies, Inc.
	 	c/o
    Harbinger Capital
	 	450
    Park Avenue
	 	New
    York, NY 10022
	 	Attention:
    Phil Falcone
	 	 	 
	 	Email
    Address for delivery of Notices:
	 	pfalcone@harbingercapital.com

 

Signature
Page to Note

 

    	 

     

    

 

ANNEX
A - NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

The
undersigned hereby elects to convert principal (and, if applicable, accrued and unpaid interest) under the Original Issue Discount Senior
Secured Convertible Promissory Note due February 17, 2024 of Madison Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”),
into shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”), of the Company according to the conditions hereof, as of the date
written below. If shares of Common Stock are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay
all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and is delivering herewith such certificates and opinions as reasonably requested by
the Company in accordance therewith. No fee will be charged to the holder for any conversion, except for such transfer taxes, if any.

 

By
the delivery of this Notice of Conversion the undersigned represents and warrants to the Company that its ownership of the Common Stock
does not exceed the amounts specified under Section 4(d) of this Note, as determined in accordance with such Section.

 

The
undersigned agrees to comply with the prospectus delivery requirements under the applicable securities laws in connection with any transfer
of the aforesaid shares of Common Stock.

 

Conversion
Information

 

Date
to Effect Conversion: _____________________________________________________

 

Outstanding
Principal Before Conversion: _____________________________________________________

 

Outstanding
Interest Before Conversion: ______________________________________________________

 

Principal
Amount of Note to be Converted: _________________________________________

 

Interest
Amount of Note to be Converted: __________________________________________

 

Conversion
Price Calculations:

 

Total
Shares of Common Stock to be Issued: 

 

Outstanding
Principal After Conversion: ___________________________________________

 

Outstanding
Interest After Conversion: ____________________________________________

 

	DWAC
                                            Instructions

     

    Broker:

     

    DTC#:

     

    Account:

     

    Account
    Name:
	Physical
                                            Delivery

     

     

    Issue
    to:

     

    Address:

     

     

 

	Entity
  Name: 	_______________________________	 
	 	 	 
	Signatory
  Name:	_______________________________	 
	 	 	 
	Title:	_______________________________	 
	 	 	 
	Signature:	_______________________________	 

 

    	 

     

    

 

Schedule
1

 

CONVERSION
SCHEDULE

 

This
Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note due on February 17, 2024 in the original principal amount of _________
is issued by Madison Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation. This Conversion Schedule reflects conversions made under Section 4
of the above referenced Note.

 

Dated:

 

	Date
                                            of Conversion

    (or
    for first entry, 

    Original Issue Date)
	 	Amount
    of 

    Conversion	 	Aggregate
                                            Principal 

                                            Amount Remaining 

                                            Subsequent to Conversion

                                            (or original Principal Amount)
	 	Company
    Attest

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00329-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00329-of-00352.parquet"}]]